michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Mar 26, 2008 15:01:34 GMT 4
Here's a couple of interesting things for you to read, folks. The second is on Building The Foundation for Our Spiritual Beliefs, with special emphasis on discernment....pay attention to that one. As for the first article, well, what can I say.....I so enjoyed it! I'm a Virgo through and through. Virgo predominates my chart, nearly makes up all my houses except for a couple. So, I give the following a resounding Thumbs Up!...But then again, I am bias! Michelle url for this post: tinyurl.com/2ykxhnCOSMIC WEATHER REPORT: 9:05 AM EASTERN, Easter Sunday, March 23, 2008: The Cosmic Key to the Zodiac — Virgo: The High Zen Art of Ordinary Life.Putney, VermontLast fall, the giant planet Saturn entered the earth sign Virgo, where it will stay for the next couple of years, till the summer of 2010. Earth is the most basic element, the remedial element of structure and form, of getting our hands on the living clay of ordinary life, refashioning it into something that really works instead of just pretending to. Basic existence is now the final frontier for radical transformation that can change the world.
Virgo is the secret cosmic force of the zodiac, but its magic is little known and hard to find, because it's too earthy and obvious. The Virgin presides over the mundane magic of ordinary life, which, in recent centuries, has become anything but. Common sense has been subsumed by a Junk Culture's mad dash to oblivion. Each day the high magic of the Virgin gets seduced by the Trance of Normalcy which has taken over our culture and twisted our values. How much longer are we willing to put up with this farce before overthrowing the old and ringing in the new?
Saturn is the Get-Real planet of astrology, and Virgo, the Get-Real Sign. Every two-and-a-half years Saturn marches through a new sign, stripping that sign's pretense and clutter, paring it down to the bare bones of what the sign's really about. Virgo is all about mastering the basic rudiments of daily life. Ordinary, obvious, overt, easy-to-overlook, high magic resides in the place we least expect it -- in the way we walk, talk, sit, think, eat and breathe. In these mundane areas now, it's time to awaken from the mass trance state that each day passes as normalcy, and find what life's really all about.
Ancient Rome, following the earlier lead of Greece, recognized this mundane realm as a distinct high art, which they placed in the hands of the Vestal Virgins -- priestesses of the Home and Hearth, trained in conducting daily life as a way to reflect the greater will of the gods. During the next two years, each of us, in our own way, is summoned to awaken from the Trance of Normalcy, and transform the basic field of daily existence into a high art. We must become virginal to the wonder of ordinary existence, counter the satiated jadedness of skeptical mind with the innocent longing of our heart. If we do, we'll fulfill the revolutionary vision of the last great Virgo period -- the 1960s. How? By following gut-instinct instead of listening to those who say it can't be done. By evicting the the self-cancelling mindset. By daring yourself to believe in that dream that's been dancing just beyond your grasp for so long now. By renouncing the meaninglessness of a life that poisons the soul, and turning instead toward vision that fills the soul with longing, and urges you to exceed your self-assumed limits.
Virgo was the key operative sign of the 1960s, because the transcendent planet of revolution, Uranus, met Pluto (the collective unconscious) in Virgo in the autumn of 1965, setting the whole tone for revolution that was to come. Three years later, Jupiter (king of the gods) met Pluto in Virgo, in the autumn of 1968, overthrowing the confines of Normalcy, and pointing the way to a new world, which began to crown through the crust of the old, even if it never emerged fully back then.
Virgo was the key to the Sixties because it's the one sign with the power to bring the cosmic blueprint down to earth where it can do some good. When these three planets did their dance in Virgo forty years ago, the blinders were torn off the third eye of our species. Within the slim confines of a few brief illuminated years, our collective consciousness rose above the obsolete delusion of the War Machine to stare clear into the realms of higher purpose. Across the world in a searing flash brought to us by Jupiter, Uranus, and Pluto, it became instantaneously evident that the old way of doing things was bogus and bankrupt and killing the soul of the world. We saw with unmistakable commonsense Virgonian insight, that our leaders had sold us down the river, and a whole new way of conceiving our purpose was vitally necessary.
Now, as Saturn marches through this same territory, we're each being asked to pick up the threads of that earlier weaving, and reweave normalcy into the High Zen Art of Ordinary Life. There's a way to sit, think, talk, eat, walk and breathe that reflects higher purpose rather than counters it; that brings our deeper awareness into its fuller expression; that aligns Self with Cosmos. There's a way to move through the world as a great dance of spirit-in-motion.
Virgo is a tuning fork, a pitch pipe, a modulating note that rings out, for each individual to get with the Galactic Orchestra. Virgo is much more of a How Sign than a What Sign. It's the howiest of all. There's a rhythm, a way, a manner, a mode, a craft to the very raw fabric of existence. By the way we walk our talk we can reclaim ordinary life into a magical dance that bridges cosmic vision with here-and-now. The sidewalks of life are teeming with vast potential that can remake the world. If you put your ear to the ground you'll hear the rumbling of a new species rising from the dust of the old. Cosmos is now very close. The obvious, isn't. We can no longer afford to take life for granted. We must dare ourselves to dream new dreams.
Here, on Easter Sunday, and for the next couple of years, we can tap a resurrective power to turn around the nightmare of normalcy. Across the world, our average, everyday, ordinary, working, waking, existence is up for grabs. The soul of the world, sick and tired of lies, is hungry for Truth. We're being revitalized by rhythms that speak to the soul and can uproot the toxic barrier of stuck thinking. Dormant seeds planted in Virgonian soil in the late 1960s are springing a whole new crop in the place we least expect it -- the Monday morningness of life. Astonish yourself. Be willing to be.
Who are you really working for? The drones of a dead and dying culture or the Soul of the World? Can you sleep well each night because the life you're living is the one you were born for? Are your muscles and bones aimed at something that serves? Who are you really? What are you here to do? How much longer are you going to wait?
Who are you really? What are you here to do? How much longer are you going to wait?
Forward! Mark Borax Soul Level AstrologerSource:[/b] www.markborax.com------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Sent by Jim on March 25, 2008 Building The Foundation for Our Spiritual Beliefs
As the transition on our planet into new higher dimensions gains momentum, we have ever increasing amounts of spiritual information available to us.
This article is presented to help newcomers to spiritual pursuits establish the best foundation possible upon which to build their new spiritual concepts. It is also being presented to encourage those who are further along on their spiritual path to inspect each concept currently part of their belief system to insure it is up-to-date with the highest truths as new spiritual information is being revealed.
Some of the information which is now available may be well known to those who have pursued expanding their spiritual awareness, but some of it may offer new concepts that could not have been previously given until a higher degree of spiritual awareness had been reached upon the planet.
What I have written are truths for me but you must use your own feelings to determine if you wish them to be truths for you. This is called discernment and this is the central topic I wish to comment upon.
The use of discernment when applied to increasing our spiritual awareness is simply the process of determining if information of a spiritual nature which comes to our attention from any source is essentially true or not. We must determine if this information is uplifting and if it guides us to become the highest version of ourselves that is possible.
Most spiritual information cannot usually be verified through our physical senses. It is not something we can smell, taste, or touch. And the information which the majority of the people see and hear is presented by other human beings as they relate what is truth to themselves.
We therefore must use another method to verify for ourselves which parts of the spiritual information being presented in this transition period, are the ones which will lead us to become the highest version of ourselves that we can be.
Discernment is simply using our personal feelings to determine the value of spiritual information instead of mentally evaluating it. When we use our minds to analyze it, we are easily influenced by preconceived ideas and beliefs which were created from information offered to us in the past. Even if that information from the past was a beneficial truth for us at that time, it may no longer be in our best interests to accept it now.
When we are sincerely making the effort to raise our understanding of spiritual matters, and we use the feelings which come from our hearts instead of our minds, we will be accurately guided to know when the information we receive is the highest truth for ourselves at that time.
When we have this desire to raise our spiritual awareness, spiritual information will come to us in many ways. It may come from a book we read, in a conversation we have with other persons, or even through a single remark that we hear in a movie or television program. It may come in a printed article in a newspaper or magazine, or in an article in an online newsletter such as this one which you are reading right this moment.
Also, it may not even be words at all, but simply an action which another person performs which we happen to notice. As we begin to raise our spiritual awareness, the easier it is for Spirit to bring information to us using all of these sources. We benefit greatly if we develop the attitude that anything which catches our attention, is brought to us for a purpose, and we seek to discover how it can benefit us.
I use the word Spirit for the highest spiritual entity or creating force I know. You may insert God, Creator, or whichever word that is most applicable for your truth.
If we depend upon another person's opinion, we are simply accepting that person's truth. It may not be a truth which is in the best interests for ourselves. This principle applies to anywhere we search for verification which is outside of ourselves. If it does not come from within us, we can never know if it is in our own highest interest or not. Discernment is not seeking someone else to tell us what is true, it is evaluating the information ourselves by how we feel about it.
Many people believe they do not have the ability to receive answers from Spirit. Probably most people do not receive verbal messages from Spirit but every person can receive messages in the form of feelings. We may call it our intuition, or perhaps simply "a gut feeling" that we have. These all refer to the same thing, the feelings within us which are receiving messages from Spirit, which we cannot hear verbally.
Many people simply do not understand why they have those feelings. All too often we push our feelings away in order to use our minds to analyze the information, to find an answer which the mind can more easily accept. When we do this, the outcome is influenced by our ego, and then we ignore our feelings which hold the highest truths for ourselves.
Discernment is simply the process of paying attention and listening to our inner feelings, to that "gut reaction" we can feel about anything we see, read, or hear. It is an innate ability of each person that comes with our life in a human body if we will simply take a few moments to quietly rest and listen. This is the voice of the heart.
If you are not accustomed to meditating, or quietly listening for spiritual answers, when you first begin you may not experience a feeling noticeable enough which you consider as an answer. You may think it is simply your imagination. Do not feel discouraged. Continue to make the effort and each try will bring you closer to having recognizable feelings you can depend upon. The more it is used, the stronger it becomes.
This year, discernment is of significant importance because we are at the turning point in the transition of our planet and society when the controlling force of the dark energy is being broken and a new order is being established.
Large numbers of messages are now being issued from many sources, originating both on our planet and from off our planet. We each are responsible for determining our own future by what information we accept as our truths to follow, and which ones we choose to discard. The source you are now reading is no exception. Apply your discernment to this message as you would to all others.
Discernment lays the very foundation of our own individual spiritual principles and spiritual advancement. As new spiritual information is accepted with our discernment, it begins building layer upon layer. Older information which no longer serves our highest interests will fade and fall away from the pressure of these new layers.
As our foundation of truths begins to grow, we must add another element to discernment. This element is trust. Our trust in ourselves and in the guidance Spirit gives us, must grow as our discernment grows. They are linked together. The smallest element of doubt can undermine even the strongest determination. If we wish for our spiritual awareness to continue to open, our trust must become absolute. We accept completely that we are receiving information from a higher positive source for assistance to become the highest version of ourselves that we can be.
This does not mean that we believe the information which we receive is absolute and will not change as our life experiences change, but it means we trust our ability to receive the most positive information possible at all times
If we apply these principles of discernment and truth in a sincere effort to raise our spiritual awareness, our information will always come from the highest Light, for the betterment of ourselves and therefore it will also be for the betterment of mankind in general.
Because of the Law of Attraction, as this foundation of new truths and trust builds, it begins to attract more positive experiences of truths to us. In this step by step process, we soon need less negative and challenging experiences to raise our spiritual awareness. The result will be that our lives become filled with a positive and uplifting Light.
I wish everyone the joy of such Light in your life…We are all One...
Jim
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Apr 7, 2008 8:49:32 GMT 4
KEYS TO THE OTHER SIDE Part 1 of 2Hey, Folks. Sorry I haven't been posting, but life is just so darn intriguing....you know, life, the living kind, not words in cyberspace! The weather's grand, studying with my son has been interesting, been making a little money, and the gardens need to be readied. There's much happening energetically and it's all positive..... although, it may not always feel that way. I have little patience with negative thinking or behavior....or people who don't want to do their own spiritual work or searching....I don't know everything, especially when it is of a personal nature for other folks. I had a friend call because they were seeing a weird blob of colors in part of their vision...asked me what's up with that...Hell, I didn't know; maybe it was other dimensional vision, or maybe, they needed to get to the eye doctor, pronto! I guess I sounded a bit snippy to my friend, and in truth, I was....So, if my friend happens to read here: Sorry for being abrupt; I've been navigating through the higher energies too, and with a child who happens to be also going through puberty and associated emotional roller coaster rides! A couple of alerts for you to read...The first, from Karen Bishop, is important to many of us. For some, you might not like or agree with what she writes....it might bother you and I can understand that because I experienced a similar reaction years back when I understood less. I was dating a man at the time of my sister-in-law's death. Sandy fought a long battle against breast cancer...her daughters' entire childhoods centered around their mum's illness. Hope was given during a 5 year remission, only for the cancer to rise again more aggressive than ever. I'll tell ya, I watched the effects of the cancer industry's 'cure' on her and it isn't pretty. 'Medicines' given crystallized her bones and caused her retina to detach so she was legally blind toward the end too. So many steroids were given that her beautiful face, under a hairless scalp, was constantly puffed up completed with squinting eyes that could barely see. Her nails turned black during T-cell replacement where they took her to near death, so they could play god. It was more like play Dr. Frankenstein. Anyway, Sandy's death was not only devastating for my brother and nieces, but also for hers and my family. As I said, I was dating a man, Carl, at the time. Carl was a student of some esoteric knowledge and he didn't react to Sandy's death like I did. As a matter of fact, he didn't react at all....no sadness what-so-ever. He told me it was a new beginning for her, or something like; Christ, I thought he was cold! And I was angry at him. Couldn't he see my pain? Didn't he care?!!! I broke up with him, over mostly that....I understand now what Carl understood then....Maybe, I'll get a chance to tell him that someday. So, if Karen's energy alert brings forth a reaction of anger in you, ponder on the story I let you in on. The 2nd message from Valerie Donner tells of the effects from these higher energies we are bathed in. Interestingly, she also mentions Oprah's class on "The New Earth" with Eckhart Tolle. Remember that I spoke of Eckhart Tolle a couple of posts back? I always said he was a good one to explain things to the masses...check it out below. There's also some info circulating about Barack Obama which is very interesting; Valerie reports on it also. I have no idea whether it is true or not...it's up to you to believe or reject. On with your reading.... And do enjoy the little things in life, MichelleApril 3 , 2008 KEYS TO THE OTHER SIDE
Greetings! Some incredible new openings arrived for us on April 1st. Like a huge flower opening and readying to bloom, much was revealed to us and a very new doorway opened to allow an effortless and beautiful entry into a higher vibrating reality and world of our wildest dreams. Some are having awesome and incredible experiences, and others are feeling stagnation and heaviness. There is a key to this door to heaven, and all we need do is be willing to grasp it and open the door. I have been telling a tale the past months or perhaps years of dimensional hierarchies. I have been telling a tale about how we would eventually arrive in a space where we would be on a new and different “other side,” spending limited but valuable time on the dimensional border, and rarely going back to the lower and denser dimensions which will be crashing as they prepare to depart. This is all finally occurring now. This scenario is most certainly here…we are smack in the middle of it now. What is the key to the door and what are some of the manifestations of this very new arrival into the higher realms? Manifestations: The density in the higher realms is much lighter. This means that what remains is mostly the purer forms of vibration, with much gone that was released and purged (remember 2007, the year of purging and growth?). So then, there is not nearly as much “in between” manifestations of form. When we look out through the windows of our eyes, we don’t see as much forest, as much has been cleared. In this regard, our boundaries are now much thinner. Very commonly through the ascension process, we experience specific phases of unpleasantness relating to boundaries. These phases always occur when we have reached a new and higher vibrating plateau. We can have an experience where we feel we have been violated, intruded upon, or perhaps that we were taken advantage of for our goodness, kindness and understanding. We can feel as if someone or something has entered our private space, taken control when we have not given permission, and is doing things or vibrating in ways that make us extremely uncomfortable. An unpleasant energy seems to want to run our show without our permission. There seems to be an uninvited intruder present. Here is what is occurring: The lower vibrating energies are in extreme fear now, as they are aware (but rarely consciously) that they are departing. They are grasping to hold onto something. They are grabbing a shore and the shore is us. We feel good to them as we vibrate higher. We are loving and understanding. Thus, they are clinging onto us in desperation, and unfortunately, our understanding nature makes us very vulnerable. Because of the new boundary situation with less density and boundaries present, they are really in our spaces. Having this kind of lower vibrating and very fearful and extreme energy within our spaces can feel scary, out of control, and even create panic and anxiety. The antidote can be simple ….we need to show love to these energies while we most assuredly refuse to allow these energies to continue their dance. We need to extricate ourselves from them, as they will most certainly pull us down into their space. We can love them, but we need not spend all our time with them. Being firm while moving on is the best scenario here. But there is yet another piece. Compassion is a higher vibrating energy, but love vibrates even higher. When we are in compassion, we are taking on the energy of that which we are feeling compassion for. This pulls us down. In addition, there is no compassion on the other side as there is no suffering. Deep caring can be awesome, but too much of it can allow us to give ourselves away. Love is pure and simple. We love but do not own or relate anymore to the energies of which we are no longer in alignment with. Love and limited caring until we are able to be only in pure love is perhaps the best scenario in dealing with these energies. Love and move on. Understand and care briefly, and move on. And when we are in the spaces of these lower vibrating energies, vibrating love to them will keep our own vibrations high while allowing us to reside in these spaces of dimensional divide for a limited time. As the doors have finally flown open for our new residency in a higher realms reality, staying back with these fearful energies will only serve to pull us down, delay our arrival, and devalue ourselves as well. We have most certainly earned this new chapter, or new book of the life of our wildest dreams, and putting ourselves first will guarantee our arrival with complete certainty. Is this being selfish? One of the “keys of being” that is included in Stepping Into the New Reality (yes, finally out soon for those of you who may be interested!) is that we have to put ourselves first. We can’t pour water from an empty pitcher. This way of being also keeps our vibration high as well. What about service? Yes, very important here in regard to the dimensional hierarchies. Non-physical beings don’t spend a lot of time in our dimension, even though they can be great advisors and love us dearly. They do not spend much time in our dimension because they cannot. Higher and lower vibrating energies cannot exist in the same space for long periods of time. We can always go lower, but we cannot go higher until we are matching that higher vibration within ourselves. We are now being asked to go higher and stay there as we are now vibrating higher. When we drop down to assist those vibrating lower, at the space of the dimensional boundary, we can only stay there for limited times of service, vibrating love and assistance through our store-fronts, and then we must go back home. And any lower than the dimensional divide is the old world. The old world is falling fast now. Here in the US, the economy is crashing, as the old world is experiencing a need to turn inside out while its value system is re-structuring. Staying out of the old world is a necessity now, as we do not want to go down with the ship. The key to the other side? Letting go of the burdens and responsibilities that are not ours. Letting go of the illusional “have to’s.” No longer being there for others. Allowing the energies and journeys of others to be their own. Focusing on where we are now vibrating, or the higher realms, and really seeing where we actually are instead of focusing on what is falling away. The higher realms is right in front of us and many times we do not even notice. Not taking on the energies of others, not doing it all, and not feeling responsible for the whole of the planet, as the planet is right where it needs to be. Lots of “nots” here! How about this more higher vibrating version instead: Following our bliss. Allowing ourselves to put ourselves first. Owning our own journey. Staying true to our pure and authentic selves. Being in our own space. Supporting ourselves as this supports the whole as well. And letting go of the burdens. The theme here is responsibility. Many may need to let go of being over-responsible, but there are others who will need to become more responsible for themselves. Either way, there is an imbalance. Once we let go and extricate ourselves from the energies of others we will be catapulted like magic into a very new reality. I can assure you, your life will turn into the life of your wildest dreams. “Well, this doesn’t make much sense Karen,” you might be thinking. “After all, you have been saying for weeks and weeks that we were ‘waiting” for everyone else to catch up!” We have most certainly been transmuting the energies for the whole. This has been a role of each and every lightworker indeed. And yes, we have been “waiting” for this new opening to occur as we wanted as many people on board as possible. The transmuting and waiting are what was needed to create the critical mass of energy required to blast through to the other side. The mission has now been accomplished. Life on “the other side” is very different from life in the old world. We no longer transmute or wait for others to catch up, as we are all here right now. Being in our integrity, being true to ourselves, vibrating as high as possible while interacting with others who are doing the same is the way here. Equal contributions are the way as well. This supports the whole. So then, equal contributions of our gifts and talents, or our true and authentic selves, requires a balance of responsibility…we cannot give too much and we cannot take too much either. Being who we are is the key. When we are all simply being who we are, in our integrity, then we naturally support each other. We are all integral pieces of the whole, and now that we are vibrating higher and higher, we will begin to congeal in small like minded communities which will be separate from what is falling. We will begin supporting ourselves and no longer relying on support from the old outside world of the masses. And as more and more individuals residing in the old world begin to be willing to let go and change, we will have the opportunity to assist them in getting to where we are through our store-fronts and our service which will exist on the dimensional border. At times I receive correspondences from readers who vehemently object to portions of my writings. There is much room in these energy alerts for mis-interpretation. I am unable to go into great detail about each concept, and this can cause mis-interpretations. In addition, we are all vibrating at different levels and see through different filters as well. So please know that some of this material may seem “off” to some of you without the luxury of a long winded explanation. In the new Stepping Into the New Reality program, there will be an opportunity to ask questions to gain clarity. The books and programs are much more in-depth as well. The energy alerts are meant to bring validation to our experiences and to assist in clarifying this sometimes strange and confusing experience of ascension. Many of us are tired as well and don’t wish to wade through a long winded energy alert several times per month. My hope and desire is that the brevity of these messages serves to assist and support, and not to confuse. If we never read or attempted to learn one thing in this world, we would all be fine… because very simply, we are always right where we need to be. Enjoying our lives each and every day, being present in them, accepting that we are here having an experience called life, and enjoying the simplicity of each and every moment is all that is ever needed anyway. We have everything we need right now. We are alive. We have a new opportunity each and every day to create fresh and new. There is much to be grateful for in the simplicity of each moment. We really don’t need to be anywhere else or even know anything! www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time, Karen[/color] Continued....
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Apr 7, 2008 8:50:27 GMT 4
..continued from previous post:KEYS TO THE OTHER SIDE Part 2 of 2Message from Valerie Donner - April 3, 2008
Dear Ground Crew: How are you doing in these wild and expanding times? The energies these past few days are wild. Have any of you noticed anger coming up from you or directed towards you? Have you felt a little “off”? Do you feel any sadness or depression? It feels like those who are not doing their spiritual work are at the mercy of these times. You might find them impatient or short tempered. You might wonder where it is coming from. Is it about you or about them? Is there something that you might need to review within your self? We cannot get away with much these days. The mirrors are big and whatever needs resolution is there in front of you. This is happening on all levels. It is important to stay in integrity with your words, thoughts and deeds. Things are so open and transparent now that it is simple to read between the lines. You seem to “know” what is truth. It is indisputable. Last night the beloved Master Djwal Khul spoke with us in my Monthly Meeting With the Masters Class. We felt his strength and his love. He talked about the importance of being silent. He said that the energies now are much like “The Beauty and the Beast.” He suggested we pay attention to our thoughts and the opportunity to be of service. He told us “A lot of strange things are going to be happening.”. . . “Let nature speak to you. It is restoring balance,” he said. Things are moving quickly on all levels. Our spiritual journeys are stepped up and we are part of the Light brigade. Have you noticed the many miracles favoring the Light that are occurring daily? If you rise above the media hype and see the goodness around you the Light will be even more apparent. For some of you who are participating in Oprah’s class on “The New Earth” with Eckhart Tolle, you might see a miracle. At least 2 million people from all around the world are tuning into this free Internet class. It concerns consciousness and awakening. The class and book can add to your spiritual growth. Never before has anything for the enlightenment of humanity been presented to the masses on such a wide scale over the Internet. If this is not part of the Divine Plan I don’t know what is. It is amazing to watch and listen to the questions people are asking about their own lives and religions. In my opinion this material is making people think. We need to focus on these wondrous efforts on the part of those who are bringing awareness and healing to many. Eckhart talks about focusing “contributing to and enriching the lives of untold numbers of people.” This brings to mind the important fact that we as Lightworkers (I believe that Oprah and Eckart fit in this category.) are doing this even in our own small way. If we heal issues within ourselves we are not doing it just for ourselves but exponentially we are affecting many others with similar issues. We are healing our past, present and future generations in our family lineage. This is why we came here. We are here now to participate in the upliftment of humanity and the Earth. This is part of our service as Lightworkers. Look at our political race in the U.S. We have Barack Obama who is a frontrunner in Democratic nomination for President. He is giving people hope and seems to be different from the normal candidates espousing the same old platforms. It has also been reported that people are receiving healings from Barack’s touch. If anything, he is providing a unifying affect for many in the U.S. as well as globally. We need to have leadership that is uplifting and inspiring. Barack even gave a speech on racisim that is bound to stand out in history. This article was e-mailed to me today from someone in India. Obama Heals HundredsAUSTIN — Ginny McCallum, 43, who has been confined to a wheelchair for much of her adult life, came to hear presidential candidate Barack Obama speak at the University of Texas. Afterward she found herself in a wheelchair access breezeway as Obama and his entourage exited the arena. The candidate spotted her, came over, grabbed her hand and pulled her up. She found herself standing for the first time in eleven years. 'He smiled at me and said, ‘Yes, you can,’ she says. 'I was so stunned I didn’t know what to do.' McCallum is among hundreds of people who say they have been healed by the Democratic candidate, in one of the most surprising and little-acknowledged aspects of his campaign. Reporters have shied away from the story, chalking it up to 'Obama-mania' and people’s feelings of elation. 'We don’t talk about it a lot, but yeah, it does happen,' says one staffer who says he has seen multiple people healed on a rope line. 'We don’t know exactly how or why it’s happening, and the Senator won’t talk about it. He usually insists that people keep it quiet and just report it to their pastor or priest.' Greeting supporters after a rousing speech in Houston, Obama stepped into the dense crowd and spontaneously began touching people: a legally blind woman, a man deaf in one ear, a cancer sufferer and a lame man. 'Yes, you can,' Obama said as he laid hands on afflicted bodies. The people’s reactions were so joyous as to be almost frightening. They jumped and shouted and wept. Before they could thank or embrace the candidate he was well down the rope line healing others. Their excitement was lost in the general din of the crowd. Aides acknowledge that the phenomenon is occurring with greater frequency. 'His power goes beyond simple inspiration,' says one aide. 'There is something developing here that I’m not sure any of us fully understands.' They say Obama has told them privately that his time has not yet come, so it would be inappropriate to talk about the healings right now. He says he will wait until the convention to speak publicly about the 'special calling' he believes he has to lead the country. They do expect him to start alluding to 'the providential nature of what is happening on the campaign trail' in an upcoming address, mostly because word is getting around. People have begun bringing relatives by the score to campaign events in hopes of a healing touch. 'It’s not the speeches that are drawing people anymore, as good as they are,' says a senior staff member. 'It’s people wanting to get better, and wanting their friends and relatives to get better. It’s the belief that there’s something more here.' • All content © 2008 LarkNews.com. All rights reserved. larknews.com/march_2008/secondary.php?page=1 Wherever you look the secrets are being revealed. The injustices are getting big press. Change is happening that is life altering. People are beginning to realize that maybe what they thought their lives were about might not be what they are really about. I recently had a client who was in the high tech industry. He was laid off from his job. This gave him the opportunity to go back to school and now he is becoming an life coach. Many people who were in real estate or the mortgage business are changing careers. Some might be altering their life styles because they have to and others because they choose to. Maybe some people are beginning to realize that they cannot count on their money or things to bring them their true purpose and identity. They have to go within. Over the years it has been obvious to me that sometimes the way our Creator gets our attention is through our financial challenges. I have had my share of these challenges over the last 15 years of being self-employed. Having been in the corporate world for most of my life, I found it challenging to not know where my next money was coming from. Now I realize that it all comes from our Creator and that the Creator knows what I need and provides it for me. This is the natural way of life. The animals always know they will be fed. Humans have been programmed otherwise. Call forth your divine flow and that all of your needs will be met beyond your expectations. Exclaim: There is only one power and one presence in the universe-God! You can use this saying whenever you have a challenge financially or in any other way. Make the bold and strong statement and feel the energy shift. The common threads that seem to be woven into our spiritual pathways these day are truth, divine flow, spiritual focus, rising above the chaos, reading through the lines, letting go of fear, bringing in love and Light, and staying focused our spiritual paths. Look at the opportunities that you have to express your self in many creative endeavors. Find the peace within and spread the peace that passes all understanding to others. We need to be compassionate with our selves first and then with the rest of humanity. We know how much we all love change (ha, ha) yet we had better embrace this change because we are in it. There is a divine plan at work that will bring opportunities for our bliss and our New Earth. Much of the third dimension is imploding upon itself and the fourth, fifth and higher dimension stand ready for our embrace. On March 19 I attended the funeral of my friend Shelley’s 26-year old son, Gabriel Guzman who died on March 8 in Afghanistan. After the funeral I wrote this poem: The Look on Her Face by Valerie Donner
I’ll never forget the look on my friend’s face As the U.S. Military honored her son’s place.
He was a hero in Airborne 82, A paratrooper who at 26 Hit a mine in Afghanistan and that was it.
A mother’s grief--- Pain such as never seen, Filled that room that was bursting at the seam.
From the woman general she received flag upon flag. One draped over the casket, Others for his sisters and daughter to wag.
There was a Gold Star and Purple Heart. The three gun salute created quite a start.
But no-thing can ever replace The loss of a son, Or the look on her face.
No thing can bring him back, Whether its from Afghanistan or Iraq.
I’ll aim to think that this young man, All others and mothers too, Are making us realize That war should be taboo.© 2008 The Ground Crew A Message From Mira, From the Pleiadian High Council Through Valerie Donner April 2, 2008
Greetings, I am Mira:
I greet you today from the Pleiadian High Council. We are busy in our skies as well as yours. Much is happening. We are looking for ways to assist you with creating peace. The turmoil that is occurring on your planet is bringing great disturbances throughout space. There is such a battle between the Light and the dark. Please remember that there are more of you than there are of the dark ones and that you will find peace. What happens on the Earth affects us too. We are one.
If you were to weigh things on the Earth right now you would see they are out of balance. The Earth is trying to restore balance and will continue to do this through the earth changes. Some of these changes will bring a hasty settlement and resolution to the imbalances but they are all necessary. It is remarkable that the Earth is doing as well as she is considering the condition or her body. The lack of caring and respect for the Earth are creating far-reaching ramifications.
Still much of humanity remains asleep. There will be a greater awakening for them later this year with something with a rather large impact. Even the economic environment on the planet needs balance. We are still waiting for humanity to realize the false premises upon which they have been standing. Things are shaky on many levels.
You might say that your inner and outer environments are stressed. As you resolve one issue another seems to pop up. Do you know that your issues and energies affect the Earth? The Earth does not only have to respond to her own birthing pains but to yours as well. The more that you can do to create some internal peace the better all will fare.
There is a lot of confusion on the Earth right now. We observe many lost souls and too much suffering. We see another factor that is impacting you and this is procrastination. In our realms we have clarity and decisiveness and this makes our system a functional one. The issue of procrastination is one that is intrinsic to the Earth. We ask that you become aware of this within your life and see if you can progress away from it. This choice and new behavior will have a favorable impact in your own functioning.
We always enjoy communicating with the ground crew. We love you very much. Our commanders come back and report interesting stories about you. They appreciate it when you delight in knowing our presence and even more when you see us in the sky.
We enjoy your laughter and your yearning to come on board our ships. We like it when you want to know more about life in the Pleiades and on our ships.
Even during these unsettled times we are calm and with you. We need our ground crew to be the steady ones as anchors of the Light and instruments of peace. In due time our paths with unfold into closer interaction with you and the Earth. We are all making the necessary steps toward this direction.
You can consider us your stellar family playing roles that will allow our mutual mission to be accomplished. We are going for the same purpose—for the uplifitment of the Earth and life upon the Earth. We are your ascension advocates. We will help you rise to greater heights and higher levels of life.
The process in which you find yourselves currently is pre-ordained. It is the destiny of the Earth to rise in consciousness. Help is available from all levels to assure you that this is accomplished. Pay attention to everything that you see around you and what you feel. We give you insight and messages to help you along the way. If you are receptive and listen it is helpful to us.
Our group participation in the process is a necessity. That means that we will rely upon the ground crew more and more. As you awaken you will find new roles and ways of being in service coming to you. That is why we ask you to stand by.
During the times of transition you may be required to act quickly. We have said that the Earth is moving quickly so you might even have to step out of the way. Whatever you are required to do know that we appreciate you. You are pivotal to our overall mission for the Earth.
I am Mira from the Pleiadian High Council. Source: www.thegroundcrew.com/updates/vdonner/2008/040308_print.htm#conclusion
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Apr 14, 2008 7:48:50 GMT 4
Just What Is Ascension All About?
Hi, Folks. Again, thank you for your continuing visits here. Today, I will present some new material which I hope will answer certain questions you might have.
Before we begin, I would ask if you also check the Solutions thread here at the FH Forum without me promting you to. If not, I will ask you now and from here on to do so with the same regularity that you check out Wake Up World. I could post items in Solutions here, for they are relevant to what's presented, but I don't because I have directed readers at Anwaar's Truth Spring to read certain articles at Solutions. These articles are a bit more sanitized or acceptable for the masses, but you should not miss out on them. Many of Anwaar's readers are from the 3 big religions, Judaism, Christianity and Islam, and are still attached to their teachings. Channelled material, especially those connected with ETs, I feel, might totally freak them out. And, truthfully, I post much at TS and do not wish to force on them the type of material posted here.....many wouldn't believe it anyway. If it is in their current life 'story' to open up to the information posted here, they will find it on their own, just as you have. That said, please refer to the following article at Solutions; it is linked to what will be presented here:Re: Solutions« Result #2 on Apr 11, 2008, 2:20pm » If You Don't Have Healthy Personal Relationships, How's the World Going to Change?Go to: tinyurl.com/3ftswlThe 1st article here, by James Gilliland, speaks of some rather hard truths we must face if we are to navigate through coming times. If the whole world was on 'the same boat', or high level of understanding, at each individual spiritual path, we might not have to go through times of strife and hardship. But the fact of the matter is that we are all at different levels of experience and vibration. I do appreciate his discourse on the savior/victim game/myth....I have spoken here and elsewhere on the need to break free of this type of thinking; it is most important to your progress. Any emphasis in red, in any of the articles, are mine.The last chapter to AscensionBy James Gilliland I realized after joining the lecture circuit that very few people were on the circuit without ulterior motives or let us say less than pure intentions. After many of my lectures I seemed to have stepped on many toes by just revealing the truth given to me which seemed to totally contradict some of the others truth. Many people began with a genuine desire to assist in the awakening and healing of humanity and the Earth yet fame, notoriety and material acquisition took over as priority. They shifted from truth to half truths and feel good messages because they saw these messages generated the greatest crowds. Promises of wealth, material manifestation, the manifestation of love, joy, acceptance all though people, places and things, the outer world was a real money maker. They talked of heaven as a place to go rather than a consciousness to be and some in fundamental religions even promised those condos in heaven, harps and wings for a significant donation. There were those like vultures that hung around hospital beds with pen and contract in hand urging the dying to donate and insure their place in heaven. In truth it only insured the continuation of their dynasties on Earth. I saw incredible judgment, condemnation and competition in the UFO and spiritual communities both groups not realizing the two were interwoven. In the beginning I was totally naive and surely if people heard the message of unity consciousness they would get behind and support it. It really made no sense to me for each person had an experience, was privy to some knowledge yet each believed they had the whole truth and all other truths were nonsense. Even imagination is real on the level of imagination or the mental planes so how can we say another persons reality or creation is invalid? Do we judge something to be true if it manifests on the physical level and not true if it is a non physical manifestation? Each experience was relative to the limited or unlimited ability of the observer in others words their ability to perceive. Each religion was based on an experience and people were gathered around that experience. As we mentioned earlier there are over 11,000 religions with offshoots each with their own image and doctrine and in some cases each believing theirs is the correct and only one. Some even interpret the same doctrine differently and cannot get along with others using the very same book. The cosmic joke is all are correct, all are creating their own realities according to their beliefs and all realities exist within God which basically says as you wish. Why can't we allow others their beliefs, their creations and the experience or reaction to their actions? Why do we believe eternal souls are victims? How is it we are so easily motivated by fear to do things we know in our heart of hearts do not serve us or others nor are they aligned with our spiritual evolution? Not knowing what another soul needs for completion how can we judge the creations of others good or bad?
This is a very tough pill to swallow for saviors and victims yet it is the road to freedom. The endless savior, victim, persecutor triangle we have been playing out for eons ends with this knowledge. Personal responsibility, shifting from reactionary mind to creationary mind and becoming the observer with loving detachment is the key to ascension. Every Master mastered judgment. Every Master stepped out of social consciousness and became the observer. They focused on love, joy and bliss until they became it. They took the time to collapse time, meditated, prayed, spent long hours in nature outside of the confusion until the clarity came. They saw the Creator in all Creation and the dance of Creation in everyone and everything. They became centered, unshakeable in that love, joy and bliss becoming divine mirrors as to the God within everyone and everything. Unfortunately they mirrored everything people loved and hated about themselves, sparked a lot of envy and jealousy as well as reflected back to others all that which is not in harmony. If one were to take stock in the world today the present civilization falls far short of the way of the Masters which is why the true Masters are deemed a threat and why so many have been done away with. To truly become a Master one must transcend all cultural and religious boundaries. All boarders, divisions, and hierarchies give way to a love with no boundaries. This becomes a threat to those maintaining the boundaries and divisions the greatest of which are the power elite within religions and governments.So now you know the answer to why heaven is met with great resistance along with the enlightened ones who are paving the way for heaven on Earth. The Earth was created to be an Eden where everyone could evolve to their highest potential and live in harmony with each other and Nature. We are in the process of returning to that path ushered in by a power and force no man can stop. Nature will be the greatest challenge to those who wish to stop this process along with the awakening and empowering of the individual which is happening as we speak from within. The Temple is within, God is within and it is from within this process is unfolding. There will be many methods utilized from without as a futile attempt to stop or inhibit this process yet those involved are insuring their own fate which will be to experience all of the pain, suffering or loss of freedom they have imposed on others. Despite the arrogance of the elite the laws of the universe will have their way. There is only one path to sustainability and that is to align with the awakening and healing process, cooperate in the highest and best good of humanity and the Earth, make your own personal, God, Spirit, Creator connection and shift into service. The greatest trap is me, the illusion of separation and all that comes with it such as greed, competition, selfishness and the endless quest for love, acceptance, and approval outside of self through outer appearances and material acquisition.
In the days to come all that which no longer serves you and is a distraction to your inward journey will be stripped away. The empires built at the expense of humanity and nature will fall. Those who have been willing participants in these empires will loose all ill gotten gain. Despite the efforts of man the empires of the elite will fall just as they have fallen away from the universal principles and understandings that are necessary for a healthy society and environment. They will be caught unaware due to their unawareness of a greater plan within a consciousness and energy they can no longer access. Even the animals know when a great storm is coming, a quake, even a tsunami and they will be your greatest teachers in the days to come. Watch them, they know what you have forgotten.The Earth is going to heal, cleanse herself and go on and on. The extent and severity of the process is directly related to the shift of consciousness and action as well as the divine intervention offered to those who have risen to the occasion. Many will continue in denial on a path that is unsustainable with a heavy adverse impact on nature. They will live in the moment totally unprepared and oblivious to future moments. There will be those delivering the half truths, feel good messages telling people what they want to hear rather than what they need to hear. They will be in every walk and institution with the media at their beckon call which will spin, twist and deny the obvious. They will make promises they cannot keep all the while in complete denial of the changes unfolding around them. Rather than teaching personal responsibility and awareness of the condition of the environment, the Earth's need to cleanse and heal, the condition of society which includes an unsustainable economy on the verge of collapse, they will continue to deliver those feel good messages. Messages of how much they care and they are here to help yet in truth they only care about themselves and are helping themselves at the expense of humanity and the Earth.The religions prey on seekers using their separate God with them as the go between and the Politicians prey on those living in denial desiring to be told the status quo shall go uninterrupted. It will be greatly interrupted for it is the status quo, social consciousness which needs the greatest reality check of all. There will be a great split between the upward spiral in evolution which will go on to the next adventure align with and create a world in which people live in harmony with each other and Nature. This group will take a quantum leap in evolution, join the rest of the universe in peace, experience health, longevity, and technologies beyond your wildest dreams. There will be the downward spiral where those who wish to continue in the separative elitist attitudes and lust for power and wealth at any expense will continue in the wars, diseases and eventually experience the social, economic and environmental collapse.They will take with them all those who align with them as willing participants. That is the way it is now seen and it is all a matter of choice, choosing to step out of the confusion and chaos to tap into a consciousness that will support and inspire the upward spiral. For those in complete denial of the messages on high, Nature is going to push you, shake you, get your attention any and every way possible to reevaluate your path. Whatever it takes to get your attention. The experiences that validate that quiet voice within that gave you the feeling ahead of time something is coming, a change is in the wind, I need to listen and act on that voice will manifest and soon everyone will come to listen. Those still in the physical body and those who crossed over in their light review will say, dam I felt something coming, I need to be a better listener and act on the inner guidance. In meditation I was told it is time to move off the coasts, simplify and become sovereign. Choose the upward spiral and live in harmony with each other and the Earth. Know thyself not the programmed personality and move out of social consciousness and into Christ Consciousness. Release the past for there will be a division of worlds. The days of the beast are coming to a close. Become your own prophet.Be well James Gilliland www.eceti.org------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ I truly appreciate David Wilcock's messages. He states that he is the reincarnation of Edgar Cayce. He channels an entity, Ra, that works through his own unique mechanism. I also appreciate David because he backs up much of what he says with scientific proof. Here, David talks about those who are 'harvestable' for the higher dimensions. Does the word 'harvestable' cause a bit of anxiety in you? Sorry folks, but I've always said we have much work to do on ourselves, understanding ourselves, and what motivates us....Don't I know it!!! Believe me, this journey can be most humbling, when you turn attention inward, but it also brings with it moments of happiness and bliss when you are in the flow. I will post another article on the path you choose in the near future, plus more of his stuff; this is enought to read for now. In the meantime, here's the skinny from David....he's fascinating.... What is Ascension? Is It Real? If So, Am I Gonna Make It?By David Wilcock 9/26/03 Is “all this Ascension stuff” for real, or is it just the imbecile fantasy of people deeply divorced from reality? Here is what the media never tells you, at least not all at once. We all know that the Earth is experiencing global warming and other changes, whether the petroleum giants like it or not. Just read the headlines.What we may NOT know is the following:SUN: The Sun’s magnetic field is over 230 percent stronger now than it was at the beginning of the 1900s, and its overall energetic activity has sizably increased, creating a frenzy of activity that continues to embarrass NASA’s official predictions. VENUS: Venus is now glowing in the dark, as is Jupiter’s moon Io. EARTH: In the last 30 years, Earth’s icecaps have thinned out by as much as 40 percent. Quite inexplicably, just since 1997 the structure of the Earth has shifted from being slightly more egg-shaped, or elongated at the poles, to more pumpkin-shaped, or flattened at the poles. No one at NASA has even bothered to try to explain this yet. Link to full article at NASA. MARS: The icecaps of Mars noticeably melted just within one year, causing 50-percent changes in surface features. Atmospheric density had risen by 200 percent above previous observations as of 1997. JUPITER: Jupiter has become so highly energized that it is now surrounded by a visibly glowing donut tube of energy in the path of the moon Io. The size of Jupiter’s magnetic field has more than doubled since 1992. SATURN: Saturn’s polar regions have been noticeably brightening, and its magnetic field strength increasing. URANUS: According to NASA’s Voyager II space probe, Uranus and Neptune both appear to have had recent magnetic pole shifts – 60 degrees for Uranus and 50 for Neptune. NEPTUNE: Neptune has become 40 percent brighter in infrared since 1996, and is fully 100-percent brighter in certain areas. Also, Neptune’s moon Triton has had a “very large percentage increase” in atmospheric pressure and temperature, comparable to a 22-degree Fahrenheit increase on Earth. PLUTO: As of September 2002, Pluto has experienced a 300-percent increase in its atmospheric pressure in the last 14 years, while also becoming noticeably darker in color. Everything you have just read is referenced from mainstream media sources, and the full list of relevant links can be found within chapter eight of Divine Cosmos. The whole key to mass media control is to ensure that these facts are never seen all at the same time. It becomes “all too weird” once we add in the ever-increasingly stressful socio-political events on Earth, such as a “perpetual war against terrorism,” with the smirking Bush as Wild-West-Messiah-In-Chief playing “Bring ‘em On for Armageddon,” along with the fulfillment of many other ancient prophecies, including those of the Judeo-Christian Bible. Here at DivineCosmos.com, we have freely published a compelling scientific case for there being a Convergence, Shift of the Ages, dimensional shift or Ascension now underway. When this solar-system-wide process is complete, estimated to be within the timeframe of 2010-2013, we can expect an “Omega Point” event that is literally “beyond our wildest dreams.” The changes in the Solar System are only the more obvious and physical result of these changes, where the energy of consciousness itself is being upgraded, causing mass evolution to occur. But, alas. Undeniable Solar System changes aside, isn’t this all just too good to be true, on this Bush-whacked planet?
Why not? Wouldn’t something like this be a nice surprise, to say the least? What other explanation fits for the whole Solar System going through this metamorphosis, while similarly huge events are happening at an accelerating rate in Earth society? How about including the fact that almost every established body of historical spiritual teaching, from all cultures, has some form of prediction about this event that is now coming true?Before the scientific data was ever available, a vast, far-reaching model of a Divine Cosmos, which perfectly predicts and explains these solar system changes, was presented within a series of channeled materials from L/L Research known as the “Law of One” series. This material was authored by a group soul known as Ra from 1981-1984 – the same Ra that claims to have worked with the Egyptian people. The Law of One series is now widely hailed as the most accurate and insightful channeled information of modern times. In the simplest terms, the Law of One model says that these changes are caused by our Solar System moving into a new zone of energy in the Galaxy. On that note, Russian and NASA data has confirmed that the front end of the Sun’s magnetic field has become over 1000 percent brighter in the last 30+ years. We know that if you rub a piece of metal fast enough, you create what is known as friction, and the metal will begin glowing red-hot. In the same manner, the extra dust and energy in this new galactic energy zone is colliding with the Sun’s magnetic field, causing friction and creating a visible static charge of “plasma” energy at the front that is rapidly increasing in size and brightness. As of 1997, Dr. Aleskey Dmitriev and other Russian scientists observed that the Galactic space we are now moving into is showing significantly higher concentrations of matter and energy, including charged particles of hydrogen, helium and hydroxyl, in addition to other new combinations of elements. Although the West has always lagged behind the Russians in the scientific arena, they are finally catching up. Just as of August 2003, an ESA/NASA experiment called DUST, launched with the Ulysses satellite in 1990, has discovered that there is 300 percent more dust from our Galaxy entering the Solar System now than there was throughout all of the 1990s. More dust and more charged particles means more energy, more density, which is exactly the word Ra used to describe this new intergalactic zone. www.newscientist.com/news/news.jsp?id=ns99994021In the Law of One series, this forthcoming Ascension event is said to propel the earth into a state that will be considered one hundred times more harmonious than life on Earth is at present, which would be a definite improvement… a world where, as the Master Jesus once said, “As I do these things, so shall ye do them, and greater things…” (Holy Bible, John 14:12) The next question is this: Do we just sit back and wait for the “cosmic magic carpet ride,” or does personal ambition and participation have something to do with what we will experience as this interplanetary evolution completes itself?
The Law of One series and many other sources, including my own, tell us that we DO have to prepare for this event. Though some might groan as if hearing a bad punchline, the secret is that “it’s all about spiritual growth in the end.” In order to “make the Ascension”, we have to achieve an above 50-percent motivation towards “service to others,” or the positive path, as opposed to “service to self,” or the negative path.Providing that we accept the validity of the Law of One information, we are then led to a crucial question: What IS Service to Others, exactly? How does one practice it to the best of one’s own ability, especially if you are trying to do more than just meet the minimum requirements? At times, the Service to Others path is said to be the path of unity, seeing all others as the self, whereas the Service to Self path is said to be the path of separation, seeing the self as above all others. Here is the exact quote that emerged in the Law of One series when the questioner asked Ra for more detail as to the best way to follow the service to others path: The best way to be of service to others is the constant attempt to seek to share the love of the Creator as it is known to the inner self.This involves self-knowledge and the ability to open the self to the other-self without hesitation. This involves, shall we say, radiating that which is the essence or the heart of the mind/body/spirit complex. Speaking to the intention of your question, the best way for each seeker in third density to be of service to others is unique to that mind/body/spirit complex. This means that the mind/body/spirit complex must then seek within itself the intelligence of its own discernment as to the way it may best serve other-selves. This will be different for each. There is no best. There is no generalization. Nothing is known.- The Law of One, Book One, Session 17, Page 166-167 The above description has often been criticized for its vagueness. “OK, so I need to share love, but there is no best way to do it? Then what the heck do I do, and how do I do it?” Naturally, it seems obvious that we would want to know what we should be doing to be ready for this change, in order that we may stay with the Earth as it moves into the “fourth density.” The words of Ra, as expressed above, essentially say that one pursues self-acceptance and integration on the inside first and foremost, and then “radiates that realization of Oneness with the Creator” to others. No real generalizations can be made… indeed, “Nothing is known.” Ugh. For many people, the descriptions of the Law of One on such key areas have been seen as frustratingly generalized and incomplete. We have always stated that this same generality is that which provides the motivation to seek the answers within the self. In a recent reading I conducted for a client, during the month of May, interesting new detail on the service-to-others path was revealed, which may personalize and familiarize the information for an increasing number of people. Such readings are potentially available to everyone, and still remain fixed at 150 dollars for a two-hour session. The information you would need to sign up for your own reading is located at ascension2000.com/consultation.htm. Due to its relevance, I have included my statement from the beginning of the client’s tape, where I take the first 10 minutes or so to summarize what we discussed during the first hour of our conversation. I should also point out that this client has a job as an air traffic controller and is in a same-sex relationship. Although I am happily heterosexual, I have no judgment of this or any other issues that may be on the table. Summary of Intake Conversation:Ok, this is David Wilcock. (Specific personal client data omitted) This is a psychic reading. It’s a process whereby I go into a deep state of trance and contact a higher form of my own self, which can speak from a perspective that’s not bound by space and time. Our purpose for conducting this session today is to focus on some spiritual questions that are relatively common for seekers, which are specifically regarding one’s purpose for being here, and how well that purpose is being fulfilled. We’ve had a discussion that centers on issues regarding sexual orientation and the choice of whether to be strictly heterosexual or whether to also accept a more androgynous leaning in the personality. The entity who we’re speaking with has been through a very brutal marital situation, which was quite inordinately abusive. It seems to be a further iteration of his relationship with his father, in some measure, except that it now was transferred to the opposite sex.
So as a result of this situation, a great spiritual crisis was produced, leading to a period of time of alcoholism and a loss of direction in one’s workplace. What essentially seems to have pulled him out of that, as far as I can tell, is discovering that he was indeed not strictly heterosexual but has more of an androgynous soul, and that he could rebel against his programming by finding happiness in partnering with another male. So then the extent to which that has become part of his spiritual quest is very important and that’s something we’re discussing.He has shared with me that he is writing a book, and this book describes in rather gritty detail some of the hardships that he has been through. It also details the awakening process that centered around finding the book Conversations With God and having a flight delayed for 7½ hours, which enabled him to have time to read the entire book… otherwise, it wouldn’t have happened. This occurred in 1996, and that event became sort of a centralizing, polarizing force in leading him to esoterica and study. He also shared with me that his life was comprised mostly of patterned behaviors fueled by a sense of obligation, up until he really started to have this crisis, when he then started to think for himself. Up until that point, he had done everything that society had warranted. He followed his parents’ guidelines, but was not allowed to get angry; he was not allowed to question the guidelines. There was the implicit assumption that whatever his parents told him to do had to be right, and therefore had to be God’s way.So there are some very big issues here that were chosen before birth, as far as seeing the obligations that society lays on us and then translating that into what really matters for us once we start using our own discernment. So, those issues are also on the table. Lastly, we are dealing with the question of being a wanderer – a soul that is of extraterrestrial / angelic origin that volunteered to come to the Earth to be of service to humanity – and how effectively can one serve in this capacity by writing such a book. I specifically made mention of the need to be very cognizant of how one is speaking. The speech patterns at the present time that this tape is first being made are such that when the entity is speaking about something that is familiar and comfortable, it’s relatively fluid speech. However, when the entity is talking about issues that are deeper and more personal and more spiritual in nature, there are a lot of starts and stops and a lot of verbal pauses, especially the words “um” and “you know,” those two forms. This would be heard quite easily if a tape was made of the entity’s vocal performance in any sort of telephone conversation or otherwise. So there is a need to refine and enhance the quality of one’s speech in order to facilitate this ability to speak in front of an audience and be heard. I call this “Conversation as Meditation,” and you can practice it every time you talk to someone. Also I would state that the effectiveness of one’s service has a lot to do with how quickly you can get right down to the deepest issues. Instead of talking in vague generalizations about your own experiences, you actually get into short, fast, specific details that convey a great deal more emotional potency. That can make a big difference in terms of how people hear your message.In other words, I recommend that you express yourself by pointing out the conflict in all its gritty detail, rather than to simply say, “I went through a dark night of the soul in the year 2000 where I was an alcoholic,” or to say, “I had a tumultuous relationship with my ex-wife… thank God I got out.” Hey… if a plate got thrown across the room, let’s hear it! If your framed portrait photograph got smashed on the corner of a desk in anger, with glass flying around the room that took weeks to get out of the carpet, let’s hear it! If there was violent disagreement with frothing mouth and earthworm veins popping out on the forehead and you can see the top and the bottom of the iris and both sets of teeth, then hey, let’s hear that! That’s where I’m coming from. Now, what we’re going to do is a two-fold process. This process is a protocol that is designed to allow me to go into trance and sustain it at a deep level so that I can produce speech from that state. As you can tell, I already maintain somewhat of a trance state throughout the entire work from the moment I pick up the telephone, but I will be significantly deepening it from where I already have been. This process is two-fold. The first part involves playing the Native American flute. This is a unique composition specific to the energies I have picked up throughout this conversation. Once I play that composition and then finish it, there will be a brief pause after which I will say a prayer. That also is something that is a ritual that I have worked up myself over a number of sessions. It’s basically the same from one session to the next, and is designed to invoke strength, protection and guidance, to insure that no negative influence will tamper with the work itself. There will be a pause at the end of that prayer, about 2 minutes in length or maybe a little less, and then I will begin speaking as the source Ra.This is not Ra as it was expressed in the Law of One books, but Ra that works through my own unique mechanism, which at various times has been called The Three or David’s Guidance System. So, without further adieu, let me start playing the flute and we’ll get this process going. Ok, here we go… Oh, let me say one more thing. The extent to which you can meditate and get into a nice deep state of trance and relaxation is the extent to which some of the more miraculous things will happen in the reading itself. Some people get really wonderful amounts of validation, and it has everything to do with how much they can go to the place where the reading is being created.[Prayer omitted as it is always the same] ReadingI am Ra. We greet you in the light and love of the One Infinite Creator. We communicate now through the guidance system of the entity David Wilcock.
There are doors within doors, corridors to be traveled, questions to be answered and tools of awakening to be discovered. The maze of the mind might seem a labyrinth at times, as there is the question of how one may look upon one’s existence as air traffic controller and question whether or not this occupational configuration is a true manifestation of the optimal path for one who has chosen service as a way of life.
The misgivings of the past have their undoing in the mind, which chooses to view certain experiences through a lens of self-criticism and judgment. The corkboard can hold a dart, regardless of how well it is aimed, after having been fired. There are those efforts that have missed the mark, so to speak.
The question of one’s purpose is truly the question of how cognizant one is of the game, in this case the dartboard, and how effectively that game can be played for the mutual benefit of other selves involved on your physical plane.
The vacuum cleaner deftly swoops up those detrimental pieces of lint that have gathered themselves in the carpeting of the house of your mind. Day by day there are those bits and pieces that fall to the ground, discarded seemingly without notice, which nevertheless form a residue of sorts. This residue then becomes that which is tread upon in one’s path.
We do want your pathways of the divine to be well kept. Therefore, it is a requirement that for greater levels of soul advancement, there [will] be the karmic housecleaning from time to time, the understanding of the disparity that may exist between one’s self-concept and that which is more optimal from a perspective that looks outside of space and time.
Thus, there are those mousetraps, if you will, which have some degree of tension in the spring and which have the cheese set out for the unwary rodent. The tension is not yet understood consciously, nor is the nature of the trap. We are not intending to speak in any threatening sounding way, but simply to advise the ways in which one can be lured by the temptation of having a derisive attitude toward oneself.
The entity has certain issues with the identification of sexual orientation as such, feeling that to truly use the “G” word, so to speak, is to cast an unfortunate label upon oneself which does then make one the equivalent of the devil in many a fundamentalist Christian church.
Recognize, now, that we are cutting the tethers that have anchored you to the world of materiality. If you are to soar above, there must not be this baggage. The baggage is created in the ambiance of self-condemnation.
We would state for you, quite emphatically, that this is a Creation of boundless depths of insight, all of which are informed by the process of free will.
The action of free will upon experience is that which produces the catalyst for the remembrance of the One.
Each day, the motorboat is started up at the time of the morning, and the motorized process by moving through the waters of spirit again occurs through the process of arriving at one’s place of work and becoming part of an automated system, such that the automation continues to float and function in a flawless manner.
Without air traffic controllers there would be no opportunity for those other selves upon said planes to arrive at their proper destination.
The extent to which the airplane is used as a vehicle for soul transformation should [also] not be undermined. Indeed, many souls who would take an airplane flight are not routine business travelers, but rather those who are on a pilgrimage of sorts.
This can come about in a variety of forms.
It can come about through one who is visiting family some distance away.
It can come about through one who has found a Godsend in a new relationship, but finds that this relationship requires travel.
It can come about in one who has desire to have a vacation and break the monotonous drudge of life.
It can come about in one who is investigating having a new place to live, and thereby changing one’s external circumstances so as to form a more fluid and complete life existence. The tangled knot of sorts that has wound itself into your heart has been in the process of unwinding. We would ask, therefore, that you recognize that it is a process, and do not contend yourself with feeling as if there is no further work to be done.
We are not attempting to state that you have been doing this, but rather that you become more completely aware of the fact there are still those points of resistance which do impede the flow of energetics through the mind/body/spirit complex.
We do want you to be aware of the extent to which your speaking, as David has suggested, is a measurement of the amount of flexibility of consciousness at one particular moment. When we speak of flexibility, we speak of the ability to use the spectrum of density levels or instreaming and outpouring rays of vibratory energy.
This flexibility is necessitated for the higher workings. It is a flexibility that comes about through one being balanced, self-knowing and self-aware.
The balance, therefore, could come quite surgically and directly by stating to oneself that if bisexual is the nature, or if gay is the nature of ones’ personal choice, that this is utterly and completely acceptable. [Though controversial, especially for the more conventional religious types, the Law of One philosophy, as expressed in the L/L Research series of five books from 1981-84, states that “All paths are acceptable at the proper time and place for each entity.” – DW]
There are more and more of those in this society of yours who are recognizing that which is implicitly understood in higher realms; namely, gender is only a consequence of third density incarnation. Gender becomes increasingly irrelevant as one moves outside of third density.
There may still be enough of a leaning in a particular soul so as to define the soul as more male or female in its overt vibratory status; however, since the physical body is much more of a thoughtform in nature, it would be equally possible for an entity that is feminine in its overall vibration to manifest a masculine form for a certain period of time and vice versa.
There are increasing cases of those babies that are born with androgynous sexual organs, meaning that both sets of equipment, if you will, exist. This is but one form in which the DNA molecule is rebelling against its third density shacklings. While this androgyny is not a product of the fourth density body, so to speak, it rather has more to do with the essence of souls coming in at this time, which have not yet made a firm decision as to gender preference.
We do want the entity to be aware of the degree to which this fluidity of thought affects all other areas of inquiry. The fluidity of thought comes about through the meditative peace that is gained inside.
The entity has indicated that there was a bout of alcoholism surrounding your year 2000, as time is measured. This, of course, is a statement of the sense of defiance and rebellion against the uptight and stuffy, constricted atmosphere that society has presented in many forms.
The entity is one who was content with the behaviors that were predefined by the conservative Judeo-Christian, Protestant mindset. Thus, one was to be the hive worker and perform a series of maneuvers along a predefined set of criteria.
The system of rules itself is worshiped as God, though on the subconscious plane.
It is not truly the thirst for the One Infinite Creator that sustains entities who follow such paths, but rather the thirst for structure, the thirst for a very clear definition of right and wrong, seen and unseen, known and unknown, good and evil, so as to remove the opportunity for internal seeking, deliberation and analysis.
If one has a rather immature concept of the universal cosmology which includes such things as implicit forgiveness once one is saved by the Blood of the Lamb, so to speak, then there is not the need to pulverize the questions that have required such pulverization. Rather, they can remain as rocks that tumble about in the mind, and can temporarily be sealed over with platitudes that state that as long as one continues to pay tithes to the church or to otherwise repent for one’s sins, as they have been called, then a balance of sorts is created.
The relative balance/imbalance of one’s personal vibrations is never questioned in such a format, but only the extent to which the predefined set of criteria are then being met.
May we state a very important point, which is that the extent to which an entity is harvestable for fourth density has everything to do with making a choice? This, by its very nature, implies that one must break away from consensus thinking in order to make sufficient choices to be harvestable.
To put it more bluntly, an entity cannot simply be content with a given system of spiritual teaching, follow that system without ever questioning it, and truly be fourth density harvestable, even if that system of thought is one in which service to others is defined as being an essential cornerstone of belief.
May we state quite clearly that true Service to Others is that which comes about through internal deliberation and analysis.
True Service to Others does not mean that you [are required to] go to a soup kitchen and begin spooning out that which is sought after by those who are homeless. True Service to Others does not mean joining the Peace Corps and moving off to some third-world country that is in desperate need of assistance, or otherwise giving of oneself in this externalized form.
Granted, these are expressions of service to others in a certain capacity, but when we state the term Service to Others, we are attempting to use three words to define something which is altogether more nebulous.
The true essence of Service To Others cannot be contained within the overt semantic description that the words provide.
It is, rather, a statement of a status of being that is arrived at once one has achieved some degree of unveiling of the conscious motivations that underlie the self.
The extent to which these motivations become conscious is the extent to which the soul has evolved.
So when we speak of conscious motivations, we speak of the more complete form of consciousness, which does include that which your peoples would normally define as sub-conscious.
To become conscious of that which motivates the self is to become aware of the choices that have been made [in life], and of the extent to which most entities have declared martial law over their own free will in their minds.
So when we state Service to Others as being the desirable path, that path has greater complexity than simply attending church or appeasing those around you and making them happy.
The Service to Others path is a path of integration of self, and through that integration of self, becoming aware to some degree that there is no separation between self and others.
This is decidedly different than one only looking as far as to see it as being a function of volunteering one’s time in such things as a soup kitchen or otherwise.
Therefore, this path is, in one sense, rather difficult to define, and any attempt to use one concept or one set of words is flawed by its very nature.
The reason why we decided upon the term Service to Others is to hone in on that which approaches the greatest degree of truth as a system of meditation for an awakening soul.
Yet a soul that only thinks of service in the conventional form will not truly grasp what it is that we are teaching.
It may seem that we are wasting words or talking circuitously about this issue, but it is rather important since the Service to Others path is that which is required for an entity to become harvestable.
To summarize these musings as have been heretofore presented, let us state again the overall concept of what Service to Others truly means. From here we will then move forward to a delineation to a greater degree of how the entity then plugs in to such a system.
The true Service to Others path that is required for an entity to become harvestable is an internal decision that is made without the props that are provided by the material world.
An entity that practices service to others and yet does not question anything beyond a given religious structure is not likely to be harvested, because this religious structure, by its very nature, implies that those outside of the structure are not to be served.
In the Christian distortions, an entity that is not “saved by the Blood of the Lamb” is, by its very nature, condemned.
On the overt, outside level, these entities appear to be condemning all others who do not follow their ways.
On the more covert, internal, subconscious level, what these entities are actually doing is separating and isolating those aspects of themselves that they do not find favorable, and by making them the Devil, continuing to reinforce the partitioning and separation of the self.
Therefore, this is a form of war against self. In the vast majority of cases, those who have adhered strictly to a fundamentalist religion do not have the discernment to be able to incorporate the positive path to a significant enough degree in order to be harvestable.
It is required that an entity read its sacred scriptures, but not be bound by the interpretations of human beings to the words.
In order for one to cope effectively with the stressors that the physical world presents, one must have a more fluid perspective, wherein the essence of service is seen as being all-inclusive.
These words have always been hidden in that which came from the Master Jesus and other teachers, as in, “Love thy neighbor as you love yourself.” The neighbor does not have to be Christian for this to be in effect.
The Service to Others path is a path wherein, truly speaking, one does experience all things desired. This means that one has cut off any sense of obligation to a given social structure. [We often point people to page 170 of the Law of One, Book One, in which it states, “The proper role of the entity is, in this density, to experience all things desired – to then analyze, accept and understand these experiences, distilling from them the love/light [love and wisdom] within them… Nothing shall be overcome; that which is not needed falls away… All things are acceptable in the proper time for each entity.”- DW]
Those who are harvestable are not conformists by their very nature. Those who are harvestable are not those who go along with the party line, those who never question the institutions of society.
Those who are harvestable have superseded the need to be identified with a system of beliefs that is specific to one given culture or religion or government.
You will find that those who are ready for fourth density are those who have adopted a unique system of beliefs that is tailor-made to what interests them.
We have stated that an entity on the positive path must experience all things desired, and yet this alone is not sufficient. For once these experiences are sought after, they must then be understood, accepted, integrated and forgiven. Only when this is accomplished is the entity then capable to distill the love and light that can be found inside ones’ experiences.
The extent to which an entity is capable of distilling its experiences through free will is the extent to which an entity has polarized on the positive path.
The negative path is a separate discussion, dealing more with the love of self and the distillation of ones’ experiences in the direction of seeing others as being subservient to self.
Therefore, the entity at this time may be feeling as if the occupational configuration is not truly “service to others enough” to be a fulfillment of one’s spiritual path. Recognize that in one sense this is, as David might say, “old world thinking.”
The implication is quite clear. In order to be on the positive path, one must be capable of doing one’s own thinking. Doing ones own thinking, by a very specific process, involves looking beyond that which society would define as spiritual.
And thus we would ask the entity not to fall into often-seen trap of feeling that one must be doing something that most entities on your plane would define implicitly as “spiritual” in order to be moving in the right direction.
In a sense, one could say that society requires all forms of employment. Every role is spiritual in the sense to which society requires all these roles to function. If every entity were to take the path of the Buddha and put on a robe and sit out on the street with one’s begging bowl, then nothing would ever get accomplished and there would be no ability for society to move forward.
Similarly, when you move into those higher realms that are much more spiritual in nature than the third by virtue of the degree of unveiling that is then made possible in the mind/body/spirit complex, we do not have a situation where every entity is a teacher. There are those who do, and there are those who teach and there are those who nurture among many, many other delineations.
There are all sorts of different job descriptions for entities in higher planes. Many of these jobs do revolve around service to those in lower densities, specifically the third. And there are many ways in which that can take place.
There are those entities, for example, who are responsible for configuring the evolution process on a given planetary influence such that the design of the varying insects and animal and bird and fish and humanoid species, etc., do then fall in line with the given materials that are present in that particular planetary influence and with the innate vibrations that are present in that area. This is but one of many jobs that can be accomplished.
So, the entity did exist in a similar job capacity prior to becoming a physical human being in third density. This is an important point. The air traffic controller is not that much different from the job that the entity had prior to physical incarnation. And thus, this job has been gravitated towards, in a sense, by virtue of how there is a similarity with one’s previous experiences.
This air traffic control is then considered to be a glorious service in the sense of how, in the original entity’s position that we are now speaking of, it involved the coordination of many different shuttling efforts that were being made to and from what you may think of as a mothership.
In this process, then, there is a great degree of care that must be sought after in ensuring that these pathways which are then created do not interfere with the free will of the beings on the planet, by being constructed in such a way so as to evade radar and optical detection.
There are very advanced systems in which the entities can sense if an entity on the physical plane is detecting such a ship and can, therefore, offset such sightings by enabling such things as a cloaking mechanism or otherwise.
And thus, in one sense, the air traffic controller in its original job description as the entity then sought it was a protector of free will, a protector of the right for those entities who are still existing in darkness in third density to choose whether or not to be on a spiritual path. For if an entity sees such a craft and does not want to have seen it, then there is a transgression of free will through an unwelcomed initiation into mystery, if you will.
Therefore, we want to be ever-more clear in stating that you can look beyond that which is in front of you and see the deeper ramifications in which one understands that all is sacramental. Every job is truly sacramental if one understands the true degree to which spirituality is implicit in all.
And therefore, again in discussing the Service to Others path may we state that what you are doing career-wise does not directly have anything to do with this path.
Instead, the extent to which you serve others and follow that positive path has to do with making your own decisions, to accept yourself, to love yourself, to forgive yourself, to look upon the past and distill the various things that have happened, to find the love and the wisdom that was present in those moments when you might have felt betrayed by your mother or father, when you might have felt as though the world had turned its back on you and left you bitter and unaware.
A spiritual person touches all whom they meet by the radiance that they give off of self-acceptance and self-understanding. Once this becomes the guiding force of your actions you will find ever-increasingly that your speech becomes more fluid, that you do not need to use verbal pauses such as “um,” “like,” and “you know.”
To an increasing degree there will be a comfort with living, a comfort with one’s sexual orientation and no need for shame or blame.
If another self on your plane chooses to judge you for any number of things, it is their position to do so and their right as a free will entity to do so. It does not mean that you need to take in this opinion in any way, shape or form.
Therefore, the barbershop pole does then spin and the dancing colors do then show where it is that you will get a haircut and, in so doing, transform your physical appearance. The hair that we wish to cut is that which has grown unsightly on the etheric body rather than the physical body. In giving you a haircut, then, we are trimming up the aura and making it more presentable. It comes about as a presentable form when you become presentable to yourself, see yourself as whole and complete and pure, see yourself as the light, as the love… as the One Infinite Creator.
Recognize it in yourself first.
Recognize that all is acceptable and that you are good in every way. And then, move forth to see how all others are reflections of that One Infinite that can only truly be understood in its deepest ramifications within.
And therefore, the world is your mirror, as are all others.
We do thank you and want to remind you that you are loved more than you can possibly imagine. We have exhausted our time available for this working. We thank you. Peace be with you in the light of everlasting love. We require a period of two and one half minutes to reintegrate David’s consciousness into this physical form. Adonai and Amen.Peace be with you –
- David Wilcock Source: www.divinecosmos.com/index.php?option=com_content&task=view&id=13&Itemid=27Note: In my upcoming posts here, I have some assorted material from other sources. However, as I mentioned, I will post more from David Wilcock. The next from him will be on Ascension and “service to others,” or the positive path, as opposed to “service to self,” or the negative path. Included will be info on the 3rd, 4th, and fifth dimensions....Please stay tuned!
Yours in the Light, Michelle
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Apr 27, 2008 20:45:21 GMT 4
Here's the most recent from Suzy Ward and son, Matthew....These messages come out so infrequently but they are always timely to shed Light on world events....Michelle April 19, 2008Assurance vs. fear-mongering; no nuclear war; duality winding down; a staged “space invasion”?; prepare children for the future; Earth happenings affect the universe; chemtrails; reforestation; animal extinction; animals’ angels; souls helping others in financial adversity; a “heavenly” birthday 1. MATTHEW: Along with loving greetings comes our assurance that Earth’s ascension pace is on target, and the light is intensifying within, on and surrounding the planet. Despite this oft-repeated assurance, which other light beings also have given to their receivers, a swarm of false, misleading or dire-sounding information to keep fear on center stage is affecting many souls. So we remind you that the light of the universe is ever-present to help you keep your light steady, and we ask that you let your fearlessness radiate to others so they do not to succumb to fear-mongering. 2. In this regard, I have asked my mother to copy my response to a recent request that I comment on reports detailing reasons that support the advent of a nuclear war. Please understand that I am not questioning the veracity of the reporters, but rather showing that the premise of the information is based in third density knowledge, not the awareness within higher consciousness. Further, I was asked if collectively you need to request your universal family to intervene and prevent such a war. 3. If you are familiar with my messages, you will see no surprises in my response as I have spoken about these factors on many occasions, but not before now have I pulled all together in this succinct manner. ______________________ 4. The reports do indeed sound dire until you put them into the context of the far more significant powers that are influencing events in your world. 5. There are a number of essential factors, starting with Creator’s decree that there will be no more nuclear wars anywhere in the cosmos because of the severe damage those have done to some souls—not to bodies, which are temporary “housing” for a soul’s individual physical lifetimes, but to the souls, the total essence of the god-goddess selves you are. Creator made this one exception to Its law that every soul’s free will choice must be honored: Any persons who attempt to wage a nuclear war will be stopped. Acting on Creator’s decree, God authorized spiritually, intellectually and technologically evolved civilizations in this universe to prevent all attempts to initiate such a war, and this has been done successfully on Earth more than once in recent years. 6. God’s authorization to those civilizations includes the honoring of Earth’s free will choice that all violence and destruction of her planetary body cease. At the time of her choice, over sixty years ago in your linear time, myriad light beings—many of such vast and powerful soul collectives that you cannot imagine it—started infusing Earth with their light. This massive inflow of light not only saved her planetary body, but also has been raising the consciousness of her peoples. However, millennia of violence in a population cannot be abruptly eliminated, so the energy invested in maintaining the war machine with its monetary profits and land conquests, and the intention of some souls to control all others, must play itself out. This has been happening. If you think of the global outcry for peace today in comparison with the mentality prevailing during World War II and the continued lessening of support for wars since then, you can see this effect of the light on minds and hearts. 7. Even when advanced civilizations see the need for help elsewhere, they cannot intervene without being asked. Actually, Earth’s cry for their assistance was enough, but your request automatically was added by the ever-growing global efforts toward peace and the end of oppression. It isn’t necessary that ones believe that other life exists in the universe, much less that many highly evolved souls are living among you and millions are surrounding your planet—your desire for a better world is your conscious expression of a non-verbalized invitation to the celestial helpers. 8. The darkest of minds in your world do know about the lighted civilizations’ presence and their on-going assistance ever since Earth asked for their help to ascend out of third density where darkness flourishes. This created such fear in those dark souls that they lost both the ability to think rationally and the capacity for conscience, which atrophied from non-use. Seeing their plans for world domination being shredded to tatters, the more desperate the dark ones became to hold onto the frayed remnants. 9. A related factor is that Earth’s ascension pathway has reached the higher energy frequencies where the extremes of duality are playing themselves out so the nature of humankind can return to the balance that is within light. At this point, all characteristics and emotions are magnified, and this is evident in people’s behavior. At one extreme, the brutal, oppressive and greedy ones are panicking in their efforts to regain control; and at the other, wiser and spiritually aware souls are equally dedicated to their “behind the scenes” actions to return sanity to leadership positions and institute wide-ranging reforms worldwide. 10. The crux of the issue about any grave-sounding information is that plans made in darkness is one thing and achieving desired results is quite another. When you put those meetings and topics of discussion— and please keep in mind that often information is “leaked” solely for the purpose of creating fear, the dark ones’ most effective tool and the fuel they need to survive—into both the global and universal light networks I described, you will see that efforts to implement the harshest measures will not reach fruition. 11. Stay steadfast in the light and keep Earth’s Golden Age foremost in your thoughts and hearts. The transformation of your world that you are helping to create in this very moment already has been manifested in the continuum—that is how powerful you are! ___________________ 12. Mother, thank you. Now then, millennia of dark control on Earth cannot be eradicated swiftly because the collective third density belief is that it cannot. It is the negativity still remaining that keeps the majority of souls in that density, where there is little conscious awareness of the innate manifesting ability, so planetary cleansing and wakening hearts and minds must be a process instead of one fell swoop. However, the process is moving far more quickly than may be realized. Whereas the “seesaw” of duality in humankind once was steadily lopsided with the density of negativity, now it is speeding along its up-and-down energy balancing course. When you know about food shortages; more violence on individual, national and international scales; increasing numbers of homeless; and collapsing financial institutions; please know that those are being balanced by stronger demands for an end to oppressive rulers, greater emphasis on negotiating settlements to conflicts, more extensive outreach to lessen the suffering of peoples, louder demands for honest elections, and ever-growing awareness of the need to stop desecrating the planet. Putting any and all negative aspects of your world in the context of that balancing act shows that the light, wherein all is balance, is hastening the day when duality no longer is a part of your world. You will have successfully completed your mission to help Earth rise out of third density! 13. What is not reported except on some sites on the Internet—where both honest and dishonest information is promulgated, so be discerning—is what is happening “undercover.” Members of your universal family from distant civilizations are working hand in hand with Earth citizens to legally and firmly set a new foundation for governing and commerce to replace the old systems that are in shambles. These brothers and sisters from afar are not there to set this new direction, but to assist your emerging leaders bring to reality your vision: a peaceful world where cooperation replaces conflict and abundance replaces need; where no soul is deprived of God-given and civil rights; children feel loved, secure and see a bright future; sound health is a given; just laws prevail and pollution is history; differences are respected; women are honored as the goddesses they are; where humankind live in harmony with Nature and recognize the light essence of all Creation. Your universal family has the spiritual awareness, intelligence and technology to help you achieve this world of your vision with amazing speed. 14. Yes, we have given that assurance before too, but there is reason to do it again. There are pockets of speculation, even belief, that as a last resort to retain control, dark ones in power will stage a “space invasion” to unify all peoples in a common fear of the alien invaders. Thereupon the stagers would impose martial law, arrest dissenters on a massive scale, and create chaos never before seen on your planet. Even as they give no recognition whatsoever to the many reports of UFOs in your skies, they would try to plausibly fit those sightings of spacecrafts into their “invasion” plans. Oh my! What is in chaos is the mentality of the ones who would try such a stunt! There will be NO “space invasion,” and you can rely on your benevolent brothers and sisters to thwart efforts to bring the “little grays” in battle gear out of their underground cities as proof that aliens have landed. 15. Continuing to respond to the interests of email writers, some of you ask me to stop the horrors you recount. Dear souls, not even all of us at this station or all lighted souls in spirit throughout the universe can stop what has been set in motion in your world. What we are permitted to do is beam love energy to fortify your light so you can stop the horrors yourselves! Indeed, with immeasurable help from other civilizations, but again, they are responding to Earth’s request and your fervent desire to live in the kind of world YOU want. 16. I say “thank you” to the farsighted soul who wants to know how to prepare children for the future, and I reply: by example. Live fearlessly; be honest; express your thankfulness for the blessings in your life and the beauties of Earth; share generously with persons in need; show reverence for all life; become involved in measures to preserve or restore the environment; keep your mind open to new perspectives; be discerning in your decisions; be resilient, learn from failed efforts, and try again; dump emotional garbage, and laugh and smile often; forgive those who hurt you and forgive yourself for hurting others. To this I add: listen. Let the children’s voices be heard. Encourage them to talk about their ideas, fears, plans, hopes, dreams, disillusionment and disappointments; encourage them to set realistic but not limiting goals; encourage them to emulate but not compare themselves with individuals who inspire them. And above all, love them. By how you live, you show them the power of unconditional love for themselves, all others and Nature. 17. Another writer brought up a topic that needs to be widely known—everything that happens on Earth affects the universe. For far too long those happenings have been negative and the consequences have affected myriad souls in lower densities. Civilizations in higher densities are not adversely affected, but they are set the task of assisting the lower density souls awaken from spiritual oblivion. Lifting the consciousness of even one soul aids in uplifting all others—if you think of the Oneness of All and how a chain needs every link to be strong or the chain itself is weak, you can see why the spiritually strong souls take on their task eagerly and lovingly. The writer mentioned “the explorer race humans” and “Creator apprentices.” You have many designations for and delineations of soul status, but the more one evolves, the less need there is to make those kinds of differentiations—the light in each soul is sufficient distinction. However, I believe “the explorer race humans” refers to souls who, in multiple lives from antiquity onward, have known the light essence of their beginnings and have been the way-showers for less evolved beings; and “Creator apprentices” are souls entering or are mired in third density, like almost all of Earth’s residents for millennia. You who travel with her to her destination in fifth density will become way-showers, and in some cases, it will be a return to that evolutionary status. 18. Three topics often mentioned are the prevalence of chemtrails, the wanton slaughtering of animal life and continuing depletion of rainforests, often by government sanctions. These lamentable situations are part and parcel of the negative end of the energy of duality that is playing itself out. 19. It is so that elements in chemtrails are harming health, but please consider: The worst of the toxins are being neutralized or ameliorated by your space family’s technology; by believing that you can strengthen your immune systems, you have the power to resist chemtrails’ toxic effects; and like all other negativity still plaguing Earth, as the light keeps intensifying, chemtrails and the darkness that conceived them will cease. 20. Reforestation will occur nearly as rapidly as the willful destruction of the trees has taken place. No, not under conditions still prevailing, but when Earth is within higher densities, the combination of those frequencies and the technology of your space family will restore the land in that respect just as they will purify all areas where in this moment, polluting is rampant. 21. As the consciousness of humankind rises, so too does the consciousness of all other life on the planet, which makes even sadder the maltreatment and destruction of animals. It is inevitable that this will continue until the light is so strong that every living soul will befriend instead of kill any species. But even in the interim there is a ray of light, and I hope this will lessen the despair so many of you feel about the plight of animals. Mother, please locate what I said about animals’ angels and copy it here. ___________________________ 22. I know this will please you, Mother—your dogs have a guardian angel. The angel in the canine domain has chosen your dogs to receive the love and care that is universally known about you and Bob. None of your adopted "fur kids," as you call them, came to you by accident, but by reward or compensation to them. It is the same with all animals and their loving caretakers who are “led” to each other. S: How wonderful to know this! So then, all pets have an angel? MATTHEW: Yes, and so do those animals you might not consider so lovable. There is an angel for each species through a soul level attachment, not an individual assignment such as humans' angels have. These special angels are ancient souls whose beginning was as animal life when all animals in this universe were peaceable, spiritual and intelligent beings. At soul level animals are aware of the angelic benevolence on their behalf. Even those whose lives are miserable have an angel force or influence to ease discomfort or end terribly painful physical lives. Some angels have greater numbers of animals or more intelligent ones to protect than others, but no angel's responsibilities are more important than another's because all of those lives are meaningful in the universal balancing of animal energy. The angels bring a sense of unity to their respective animals to preserve the species, but it isn't their prerogative to wipe off the face of Earth those humans who are cruel to individual animals or even an entire species. Environmentalists who are acting in good faith—that is, not for selfish political, personal or economic reasons—are being inspired in their efforts by the animals' angels. ________________________ Thank you, Mother. 23. Others ask about politics—to be or not to be involved and on whose side—and to this I would say, if you follow your heart, you cannot err. It is what YOU strongly feel that is important, the “signals” you receive from what you may call inner guidance or messages from your soul or your higher self. To those of you who want to know the outcome of the presidential election in the United States or other nations where elections are occurring, some under dispute and world scrutiny, we cannot tell you. Yes, this is now clear in Earth’s energy field of potential as the momentum of the light may take mild, brief detours, but its course is unstoppable; however, never may we disclose what could influence your decisions or actions. Nor can we chart your personal pathways—this is in response to you who ask me to enlighten you about your life mission, and in that regard too, I say follow your heart. To quote God, a comment to my mother in the new book: “The heart is the seat of the soul.” 24. How to lessen the impact of the global economic situation? We rejoice in seeing how financial adversity has led so many souls to help each other! One to one, or those with a great deal sharing with many, and by this means, as individuals you are making a significant difference in the life of another or many others. And be heartened by knowing that genuine resolution to the collapsing system is underway. I’m not referring to the desperate steps taken by governments and financial institutions—those are to keep the monetary boat afloat to enrich the wealthy—but to the lighted beings among you who are establishing an orderly transition from unconscionable inequality to fair allocation of not only money, but all the world’s resources. 25. How to know when Earth’s ascension is completed? It will be unmistakable! Your heart will be filled with joy as you see your world in peace, all peoples living cooperatively and harmoniously with all of Nature. The questioner asked as well for a definite date, and to that I can only say what I have said many times: Linear time is disappearing and the reality of the timeless continuum is being felt as time passing faster and faster. It would be wise for all of you to stop living in the “absoluteness” of calendars and instead, make each day fulfilling and productive. It also would be wise to withdraw from preoccupation with trivialities and from the impatience of “I want to know NOW,” and put that energy into listening to your soul’s voice and visualizing yourself in Earth’s Golden Age. 26. I have chosen to end this message on a personal note. Two days ago marked the 28th year since I left my last Earth lifetime. On that day 26 years ago, my mother was deeply grieving, and through a dear soul who occasionally gave her news of my life in Nirvana, I sent word that I wanted her to think of that date not as my death, but as my heavenly birthday. Mother and I had planted and tended flowers when I was a little boy, and I said that if she would buy flowers for my birthday, I would be with her and we would celebrate together. I am telling you this because that new perspective on each year’s anniversary was a comfort to my mother and I hope that it also can give comfort to all who are grieving for their beloved people who have moved on in their soul evolution. 27. Now I say farewell only in words, as the love and caring of all souls at this station and all lighted beings around the universe is forever with you. ___________________________ LOVE and PEACE Suzanne Ward www.matthewbooks.com Source: www.matthewbooks.com/mm/anmviewer.asp?a=87&z=2
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on May 6, 2008 13:19:46 GMT 4
2008 - The New EnergyReading/hearing Kryon tends to have a unique effect on a person, at least in my experience. This messeasge has something for all, not just the Lightworkers; those who speak Hebrew and Arabic, heads up!..... Michelle PS: Confused about the date of this channelling? Well then, you are still seeing time as linear! CHANNELLING 2008 - The New Energy
This live channelling was Given in Longmont, Colorado December 20, 2008To help the reader, this channelling has been rechannelled [by Lee and Kryon] and added onto to provide even clearer understanding. Often what happens live, has implied energy within it, which carries a kind of communication that the printed page does not. So enjoy this enhanced message given in Colorado about the new energy of 2008.Greetings, dear ones, I am Kryon of Magnetic Service. This is the greeting you have heard for more than 19 years. Before that time, there was no greeting. Before that time, there was no evidence that such a thing could be with the magnetic master [Kryon] coming to this planet to speak to you as I do now. Oh, there were those who channelled Kryon before my partner and they were the forerunners and are greatly blessed. Some of them are now on the other side of the veil, for they knew the energy of the magnetic master and they saw in their wisdom the potential of this day. One of them even introduced me to my partner! [Lee] But none had the potential of the 11:11. For 19 years, this is the voice that has greeted you. And in this time, there has been growth and wisdom and clarity to bring you a message like we bring today. It has always been in the ability of free choice for the Human Being to claim the potential of this day. Oh, we saw the potential, but we didn't know if you'd accomplish it or not. So this message is given to you at this time to give you an inkling of what has transpired in the transition of energies between 2007 and 2008. You might say it is the follow-up information given in 2008 that we could not give you in 2007. You might say then, it is the new information of what you have created with your free choice.A Short ReviewLet us present a linearity to you. Going back in time, here is a review of what we said recently, given especially for those who are reading and listening. For it was not that long ago we gave you the message that the transition you see right now between 2007 and 2008 is a transition that is numerological from nine to one. For even the simplest of numerology computes 2007 as a nine and 2008 as a one. The nine and the one together, back to back, create a situation that only happens each decade. But this is the first time it has happened in this millennium and it is the last time before 2012. In the last channel, we told you that this situation should have shouted to you that it might be different, and that perhaps you should have looked for special energy. However, many didn't. We told you in the last channel that the learning of spiritual attributes is not linear. That is to say, it does not follow the paradigm you might expect. We told you that what you expect is that as learning grows, the "knowledge jar" fills up slowly. But if we told you that there'd come a time when the jar would be empty for a moment or two, and that all of it would be taken away from you in order to refill the jar with something even beyond what you had learned, you'd say, "Well, that doesn't make sense." That's because you don't understand the non-linear fashion of the way learning takes place spiritually. Is it a puzzle? Yes. So we ask for you to absorb this. Here are the facts in review: This information is now your past. The last four months have not been pleasant [speaking of September through December 2007]. To some of you, it seems that the very essence of your core spiritual truths have been withdrawn. Things were not going as they should have. Some of the tools you used simply to maintain sanity in a thick energy were withdrawn. Some of the things you really count on, such as a sweet countenance, non-judgmental personality and the wisdom of the ages... gone. Shamanic wisdom was not there when you needed it. We even mentioned it is the fact that your culture celebrates the holidays at this time and that family comes together. This made things worse. I think some of you know what I mean, for relationships with extended family often require wisdom. What a time for your wisdom to be withdrawn! For wisdom creates a situation where you are able to hold your tongue at the right time, and perhaps some of you didn't? This was a withdrawal, and it was felt by many. We told you in the last channel that as 2008 progressed, especially into the middle of the month of January, that these things would start to be replaced and enhanced. And so it is this channel that will go into a simplistic explanation of the enhancement of the new energy. Let me tell you what some of them are. I'm going to itemize with great joy some of the things that these Human Beings in this room, listening to this, reading this, have wanted for so long. This is the year for it... 2008, new beginnings.The New EnergyMy partner stood on a stage in Israel many years ago, where I gave him information for those who spoke Hebrew and Arabic in the room. Many had cried out and asked, "When will things change?" I gave my partner the information that he was to state on stage for all to hear: Not until 2008 would Israel and humanity in general start to see a shift. Finally, some of you will understand this and why it was spoken so many years ago. The potential was always here. The transition from nine to one was always there. We foretold this and gave hints of the potentials along the way and some of you caught it and some of you did not. Now, here you sit in the middle of it. There are new tools. There are enhancements, and the beauty of this message is that it is not just for Lightworkers. The earth is shifting, if you've noticed. Understanding the ChaosNumber one: Many of you are now going to start to make sense of what formerly was chaos. That is to say, the very way that Spirit works with Humans on this earth, which has seemed chaotic, which has seemed accidental, is now going to start to make sense. It will make sense in a way that will make you more comfortable as you count on the answers coming as you need them. It is truly a shift of dimensional thinking. You will begin to have an understanding in your mind in a way you cannot justify in 3D of what is taking place. What this means to you is that you're going to be a lot more comfortable in your skin. Even those of you who call yourselves Lightworkers, those of you who call yourselves metaphysical will start to see the planning. You will start to see the potentials, and will start to see how chaos isn't chaos.That's a gift, for up to this point, it has been very tough in a three-dimensional state for you to make any sense at all out of the answers that were coming your way. Blessed are the Humans who have sat through this learning all of these years and have had such faith! My partner has given you a phrase: 3D shouts and faith whispers. And what he means by that is that your reality, that which you expect, that which you were taught, that which is everything you are, shouts at you. But the ways of Spirit, the seeming chaos in that interdimensional space of non-understanding, whispers. And so what happens is 3D always wins. It drowns out the little voice of the whispering that says, "Listen to the love of God." So what we're telling you is this, dear ones, that the shouting of the 3D is going to start being reduced. The concepts are going to become more equal and you're not going to have quite as much trouble in the transition. That's number one.Self-Esteem for LightworkersNumber two is something you probably didn't expect and something you probably didn't even know. I will give you an axiom. The ones with the lowest self-esteem on this planet are the Lightworkers. Did you know that? And the ones with the lowest are often the healers! Perhaps you wouldn't expect that, since these are the ones who are in touch with Spirit. These are the ones who have the gifts. But they often sit in an energy that does not support them, and when a Human Being sits constantly in an energy that is uncomfortable, they are uncomfortable. The 3D-ness of their personality is affected, and self-esteem is part of that. As we have said before, we know who you are. You may carry your head up high, but we also know what you do when you're alone. We know what you think when you're alone. We've heard your cries, "Why me? Is this ever going to be solved? Will my family ever understand? Will my partner ever understand?" I'm going to tell you something that's going to happen in the new energy, for it is finally shifting. It's going to be the great equalizer. It's slow, dear ones. It's not going to happen overnight, but this is the beginning of it. This is much of what you've been waiting for, Lightworker. The self-esteem of the Lightworker is going to start to come up to the magnificence of what it represents. That's because they're not going to be in an energy anymore that is against them. It's going to be an energy that supports them. Slowly, many of you will begin to feel it, where Gaia and you are aligned for the same purpose, the potential of peace on Earth. Look for this everywhere, and the first to feel it will be the Lightworkers and healers. I challenge you to celebrate. I challenge you to build a statue somewhere for the energy that is shifting that you are done with! Now, that's going to be counterintuitive to everything Humans do, for they only build statues when something bad happens. Maybe it's time to shift that consciousness. Why don't you make a memorial to what you have accomplished in some way and celebrate it? At least blow up a balloon somewhere! [Laughter] Oh, Lightworker, do you understand what I'm saying? You've come of age. 2008 is a one, and this is a new beginning. You're going to start receiving the support you've always wanted and worked for. Seeing the Bigger PictureNumber three: You're going to start seeing the bigger picture, and it's about time. Picture this: The attributes of learning and spiritual path walking in the old energy had you clueless and in the dark. Until you reached that place where you needed help, nothing happened. That's the place at which you were delivered the solution. That is the map that is talked about in that fable called, The Journey Home, channelled for my partner many years ago. Expect that "map" to change. The bigger picture has you seeing beyond the problem. The bigger picture puts you in a situation that is more non-linear, and that is to say that you are less constricted by the timeline from past to future. You will be more comfortable seeing into the now, for the now is an energy that does not honor or respect linearity of time. The solutions that are going to come to you in the future are going to be more expected. They're going to make more sense to you than what you have seen in the past, because you are seeing a bigger picture. These concepts of which I give you now are advanced and some of you do not understand them and may very well wish to listen or read this again. If I had to summarize it, I'd say that the Lightworker is going to be more comfortable with himself and his relationship to time. Alternate Healing Becomes More Main StreamNumber four: Healer, stand back, because the things that you have are about to be enhanced. Oh, it may take awhile, but I will tell you that the things that are the most spooky to those who do not believe in what you're doing will become more mainstream. Expect science to be developed behind energy work. Expect those to come to you from places you didn't expect, because what you have works! When this starts to happen, you can say, "Yes, I see it happening!" And when you do... blow up a balloon, please! [Laughter] Celebrate it. Oh, dear ones, I'm telling you that when you celebrate, you acknowledge to Spirit that these things are happening. It's like you are acknowledging the things you didn't expect, but knew were there. That's becoming interdimensional. Faith becomes reality, and healing will be easier. Now, for the non-healer, want to heal yourself? Is that why you're here? Is that why your eyes are on the page? Is that why your ears are here in the chair? Is that it? Is that why you came? This is the energy for you. It's not an accident you're here, for the things you've been told that you can do are yours, this moment and this day. I want you to acknowledge them. Celebrate your healing and know that it is yours. Turn back the DNA to the time before the disease was there, before the problem was there. See it as pristine and pure; understand the non-linearity of healing that is not time dependent. Is it possible to rewind the DNA? Yes. There are those who have been doing it in this room for some time. They know.What I'm saying is that these things are going to be easier. Why? Because the energy of the age is upon you. Because the magnetic grid has been postured since 2002 for this very thing and now it is yours. "Oh, Kryon, when will these things begin to happen?" I'm saying they're beginning now, but you won't see all of these things all at once. You're going to see them as you work them. Let it be known that no Human Being can sit back on his heels and wait for the miracles of God to fall in his lap. The part of the issue here is that the Lightworker is going to be asked to get up and push on the doors. Find the synchronicity that works the system and claim the new energy that is upon you. Connection to the Higher-SelfNumber five: It's going to be easier to connect to the Higher-Self. Isn't it about time? There are many celebrating angels right now, and they're singing a magnificent song. I wish you could hear it. The choir is amazing, and there is nothing like the interdimensional voices, notes that cannot be heard by the Human ear, light that corresponds with them in frequencies too high to be measured, and sound so high it melds into the colors of light itself. And if you could hear the songs they're singing! Listen. Listen to the lyrics! Oh, your name is there, and it's your angelic name, the one you have that is forever and is not your Human one. What they are celebrating is that you have brought this about, dear Human Being, an age that was not predicted, an age that no prophet told you would occur, and there's so much evidence that you're sitting in it. I say again, where is that Armageddon you expected? I say it again, where's the doom and gloom that all said was going to be upon you? I say it again, where is all of that negativity? Oh, there'll be challenges, there always are. I will enumerate some of them for you in a moment, but you've lifted yourself out of an old energy that you've been in for thousands of years and you put upon this earth an energy that no one expected. And the light that you have created has been done so by less than one-half of one percent of the Human race. That's how powerful it is. If you're listening to this message and you have no idea what is taking place, let me tell you this: This is not an elitist message. It's not just for the esoteric people. There's no judgment of you and I know who you are, too. You are as loved as any family member. Why don't you look at this? See if it's for you. You don't have to, because it's free choice, but there has been a beautiful thing happening on this planet, and that's what I'm talking about today. The Relationship to GodNumber Six: You're going to feel much, much more comfortable in your Lightworker skin than you've ever felt before. A relationship with Spirit is going to seem brotherly, sisterly. It's no longer going to be God and Human Being if you want it to change. This is going to require that some of you are going to channel. Are you ready? Oh, not out loud perhaps. As I've said before, it could be channeling of your Higher-Self, just for you. Don't be afraid of this. The words my partner uses are a channelling of "you with you." Don't be afraid of the love of God in your life. Don't be afraid of transition in your life. Everyone sees change as so frightening, but what if it's a solution to your problems? Is that OK with you? Think of massive positive change. The Challenges of This New BeginningNow let me bring you an itemization of some of the things that will come with the others, which are perhaps challenging in their own ways and different… even a proclamation of a new energy attribute that will change my partner's life. Too Much LightThe light that you have you cannot contain any more and this will start to be seen. Just when you thought it was safe! [Laughter] As long as you held that edge, right? You can't hold it any more. Human Beings will know what you're into and they'll know what you're doing. Remember, we told you of this day. We told you of the battles between the light and the dark; we told you that there would be those who would not accept what you have. Watch for this, for there will be more around you who will not accept what you have, and it just comes with the territory. You can't have spiritual power and the light that changes lives without it being noticed. No matter how silent or humble you are, you are filled with Spirit and the love of God, and people will notice. And you will be forced to explain it a little more than you are now. "Well, Kryon, what am I going to do? What will I say? Do I tell them I'm a Lightworker?" No. Why don't you tell them you've fallen in love with God? Why don't you tell them that you've seen yourself in a different way and you're comfortable in your skin. Why don't you tell them it's not threatening to their lives or their churches, and it's just you with you. Let them see God in you and not be frightened. Fear of the LightworkerThe second one is related. Many will be frightened anyway. Light does that. In an earth that has been postured in a dark energy for thousands of years, which suddenly has light in it that it never had before, many will be afraid. If you are used to the dark and suddenly there is a light, you cover your eyes and wonder what it could be. There will be those who wallow in the dark, who enjoy all of the dramas of their life, who are victims and enjoy being victims, who will run from you... run from you! You represent something they don't understand, and the irony is that what you carry could heal their lives, stop their drama, and lift them up. But they won't touch you. They're afraid of being burned with what you have. Powerful, you are! Watch for this attribute, and even if you expect it, you won't understand it. You will say, "Why is it that they don't like me? Why is it that suddenly there's such resentment or betrayal? I'm only carrying light!" It's fear. Fear of the light and what it represents in a dark world. Will it affect you? Of course. So expect it, and know what to do. You'll be prepared. When it happens, just love them. You can't heal the world, dear one, if it doesn't want to be healed. All you can do is let your light shine. The ones who see it have free choice just like you do. They can accept it or run away. Do not be judgmental toward those who are not ready for your discovery, for they are as loved by God as you are, and have their own paths to discern as they walk this planet in lesson.Message for Lee Carroll Number three is a message for my partner [Lee], given for all of you to hear, so that it is known. For this is important, and if I just told him, he might not tell a soul, and keep it to himself. This way, it is public. For years, I have given him the admonition about media. For years, I have told him it is inappropriate to channel in mass media, especially what you call broadcast. This is in reference to linear broadcast that is not requested, which flies through the air and that you pick up if you randomly choose a station or frequency that you "pop onto it." Suddenly, here you find Kryon speaking. It's inappropriate and it still is inappropriate and he does not have permission to put any full, recorded channelling on the air. Oh, there may come a time, but not now. However, he now has permission, from this point on, to do two things that he has never done before. One: It is now permissible to put designed samples of channelling on the air, which he creates. Snippets, if you would say. Sound bites, if you would say. Two: He has permission also for the first time to go into channel one-on-one and have interviews with Kryon, answering questions from the interviewer. And he's not going to like that, since he is not evangelic. It's part of the new energy, my partner. It is part of a general public becoming ready for acceptance or rejection. And there will be many who see him as the clown. Yet I will tell you, it is the love of God that has postured him for this and it's the love of God that will get him through it. Faking itIt's going to be a whole lot harder to fake this process called channelling, because there's going to be a lot more people and Human Beings of both genders who are going to see the lights. They're going to know if it's real or if it's not real. Many will be revealed as doing it inappropriately without any sacred energy, only themselves. Get ready, for those who do it inappropriately to gain power or control or notoriety will be seen clearly by both sides... Lightworkers and non-Lightworkers.Look for the integrity of the love of God in every single word. Look for the integrity of the love of God, which will always shout its love for humanity, shout those things that are non-competitive, shout acceptance for every single Human Being who listens, without judgment. That's the God who you know. That's the One who you're in love with. That's the One who washes your feet today.The energy of Spirit is not compartmentalized or structured into a doctrine. There would be those who might hear this and say, "It's got to be the devil." And there are those who will hear this and say, "This is the love of God." It is the consciousness between the two that represents the free choice of a Human Being. It represents closed minds and hearts; it represents fear of change. I would like to tell you that this entity called Kryon is in love with humanity and would never bring you a message that is inappropriate or filled with doom... only one that magnifies the magnificence of who is here in the room and those who listen and read, called humanity. Don't look at this and say it's inappropriate because it doesn't follow some earthly doctrine that you have developed from the mythology of the ages. You can't do that. Do your homework. Feel the love that is here. Then decide for yourself outside of the boxes that you were taught within. Let your heart make the decision. Watch for those who would wish to take this to a controlling level. Now, my partner, you know why I have given you permission to speak on the media with me... to help combat those who will try to fake what you have practiced for 19 years. The Shift is Upon YouThe final one is this. Prepare for shift. It has been coming, and you've had the channellings that said so. It is the great shift, and it begins. It is the beginning of the preparation for what the Mayans told you would happen as the earth shifts into the year 2012. This magic year, which many fear, is only the signpost that comes by in your timeline that says you are moving into a new energy that was foretold by the angels. There will be no significant spiritual happening in 2012, only the celebration of the signpost that tells you that you have arrived.It's going to be different. For those of you who don't like change, it's going to be fearful. So prepare for it. All these things I bring you are positive, filled with light, even within change. Begin preparation for something we told you long ago is potentially possible, even in your lifetime. This is what you never expected, and that is the slow development of peace on Earth. Watch for a changing Middle East. Oh, it won't happen immediately. But the seeds are there. I speak now to those ears that are Hebrew and Arabic, and I'm telling you this: Your time is starting to come. It's what you've asked for and what you've prayed for. There is beginning, a consciousness of compromise in a difficult land. It is upon you. Watch for it; pray for it; send light for it; be part of it, for it is yours to claim.
Don't pay attention to your news. They are going to bring you the worst of the worst. They always do, and always will. It is the way of their system. Your media will look for the worst thing that is possible, the most abhorrent thing that has happened on the planet that day, and they will zero in and they spend all of their resources on it. They won't tell you about the other things that are going on. Right now in the Middle East, they won't tell you about those who are trying to build peace outside of the government. They won't tell you that there are hundreds of thousands of them on both sides of the issue who are coming together right now. Your news has never reported that. It's just a little too hopeful. [Laughter]Blessed is the Human Being who hears this message in person in this room, for the challenge is this: Walk out different than you came. Know that your feet have been washed this day. I am Kryon. I would not say these things if they were not so. I'm in love with humanity and always will be, until the day it ceases and we are all one again. And so it is.KRYONSource: www.kryon.com/k_channel08_Newenergy.html
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on May 21, 2008 16:48:43 GMT 4
More on Ascension, New Energy Alert, Advice from the Masters, and a Peek into the Future
I've got a buncha stuff for you here, so, let's begin. First up Karen Bishop with the latest energy news and what to expect in June. She talks much about the ascension process, or our spiritual evolutionary process. Here is where I want to expand the teaching in my intro. Much of what you are reading out there is extremely simplified in order for many to have an idea of what's going on.....There are also many, many, feel good messages out there, which may be misleading. I'm going to present a bit of theosophical teaching from the Ascended Masters and some of what is required of you in order to rise in consciousness.
Man today is undergoing a difficult transition of which he knows little. As a race, he is learning to react to life intelligently rather than with just his emotions. As he becomes more and more polarized in the mental aspect, he comes closer to the revelation of his own Soul.
The human family stands today upon the threshold of a new experience, that of Soul consciousness. Every man, woman, and child incarnate upon the planet is being brought closer to this happening by the force of evolution itself.
We are to be come Soul-conscious sons/daughters of God. No longer must we walk in the shadow of spiritual ignorance, for the Light of our Soul is moving upon our horizon. This movement of the Soul toward expression within and through its lower counterpart can be seen within the mass consciousness of the whole human family. In no area of that mass is it stilled, but moves constantly to produce an awakening of man to Its presence. Men and women everywhere are becoming restless, dissatisfied and overburdened with the world of material values they have created for themselves. They seek new values which will bring lasting peace to their world, little knowing as yet the nature of that peace.
After the personality has reached a certain place in the evolutionary process, his growth becomes a conscious, self-initiated activity. In cooperation with the Plan of Evolution the incarnating entity [you] initiates those experiences which will expand the awareness of the personal self to include the awareness of the Spiritual Soul. Such a one functioning in the world, directs his life and affairs from the level of the Soul.
The average man patterns his disciplines after the moral and ethical standards of the society and civilization in which he lives. This, however, is not enough for the aspirant. He maintains the ethical and moral code of his society, plus that code which is based upon the Spiritual standards of his Soul. He does not kill a physical body simply because such is the law of his brothers; he goes even further. He is harmless in thought, word, and deed, because that is the Divine Law which his Soul recognizes and obeys. His disciplines then, are the positive acts of embodiment of a Spiritual ideal, which he himself has constructed in his response to the Overshadowing Spiritual Soul.
Meditation is a technical process whereby Soul contact is realized and Soul infusion achieved. It is safely carried out as a daily practice only after the persona has dedicated his vehicles to the Soul. The mind is still, attentive, receptive. When the moment of absolute silence has come, the Soul makes itself known.
Cast out all preconceived ideas you may have formulated as to what Soul contact is. You have probably heard stories of various phenomena experienced during meditation. Some of the common ones are: light, communication in the form of words, pictures, etc. This is all well and good and may be true of the persons concerned, but it is not a criterion. Each individual experiences his contact in an individual manner. Some never see light, never see pictures, never hear or sense words. All of these phenomena are forms dictated by the personality, not the Soul. The purest form of Soul communication is instantaneous knowing. Anything else is a means, not the goal. Accept that which results from your meditation as the best method suited to your development, and do not covet another’s way. This is most important.
The goal is to become a Soul-infused persona. When you operate from earth as a Soul-infused persona, you find yourself in 'Heaven on Earth.' Still, man does have the freedom of choice, and should he decide to continue along his selfish path of separateness, he will undergo another period of dark ages in which the Spiritual Soul will be unrealized, and will await for another opportunity.
So, you see, it is time for you to turn inward and connect with your SoulSelf.....How you accomplish that is a very personal journey....There will or have been many obstacles set up on your life path to bring you to the realization that you need to connect with who you truly are.
Keep your Heart [and Ears!] Open, Michelle THE EMPTINESS, WHAT JUNE WILL BRING, AND THE REAL MEANING OF 2012May 21 , 2008 Greetings! The planet is continuing its process of turning inside out as it strives to align with a higher vibration or with new ways of living and being within a very new reality. Much which existed in realities of the past, or within a lower vibrating dimension are becoming merely an illusion now as there is very little left to hold onto. In years past we may have imagined a higher vibrating world or reality for ourselves, and hence, this was the seeming illusion at that time. Now, the illusion is what is left of the old world, or the old ways of living and being, the old structures, and the old systems of survival. There is nothing left for them to adhere to and thus, they only really exist within our imaginations. Yes, as we progress further and further into the higher realms, we have less and less of the old to hold onto. This can create a feeling of falling down a deep hole with nothing to grasp onto, or no apparent anchor. We may feel as though there is not much surrounding us now which feels remotely right or good, or even perhaps that we are existing in a vacuum all by ourselves…some kind of vortex of emptiness and detachment with no apparent connections to much of anything else. I can assure you, all is right on track with our spiritual evolutionary process. All is right where in needs to be for this phase of the amazing ascension process we have chosen to undertake. And this current situation is only present because we have made so much progress thus far. In the old 3D reality, dying involves letting go of much, a great and intense release, and then whoooosh!...we are in the higher realms. After we arrive, many times we immediately connect with our loved ones or those who give us comfort as we attempt to re-connect to a new reality in a very new place. At first we may not know where we are and may feel confused. But then a loved one or manifestation which brings us comfort arrives and we feel oh so much better. And after awhile, we regain our bearings and are then able to progress in a very new way with much more ease. And this is what is occurring now. As the ascension process involves dying while we are alive, only in smaller stages which are palpable, we are now fully residing in a higher dimension as we have completed our journey through the tunnel and onto the other side of this current phase. So then, many are finding themselves re-connecting with friends and loved ones and re-establishing connections that make one feel oh so much better, or at least able to find some kind of shore or anchor to hold onto while we seemingly exist in the emptiness. This is an important part of the process. If you have not yet had this experience in the physical, you may be having it during your dreamtime. Re-connecting with the old, or with energies which make us feel good again, involves the first stage of the re-connection process for our new existence in the higher realms. With much else having fallen away or no longer working for us, connecting to others involving the energy of love always works. And this brings us to our next evolutionary stage as well. Here in the US we are experiencing a recession. Food and gas prices are becoming unmanageable and are beginning to affect many. This is part of the plan. Nothing is wrong here. The US has always been the forerunner and the superpower, and now it is re-defining and re-setting itself as it begins its alignment more fully with the higher realms. We are thus entering the stage where we will be connecting much more fully with our brothers and sisters, our neighbors, and our loved ones. These seemingly unmanageable conditions are creating the need for unity. There has been a severe lack of unity on this planet for a very long time, and it is about to begin the process of change. Going it alone, taking care of oneself only, and having to do it all are ways which do not exist in the higher realms. And because of this, it can be easy to see who will be our next President here in the US. This is where the planet is vibrating and he will be a match. All in divine and perfect order. Because of this new unity that currently exists with the new energies, it can feel downright unbearable when it does not manifest in form. Many are vibrating there within right now, and when the outside manifestations do not match the inside vibrations, we can literally feel sick inside as we are not a match for our environment. This has always been one of the challenges of the ascension process….not matching our outside reality as it has not yet caught up. And depression is many times the outcome, but only for temporary and brief periods (if you are one who has experienced depression for long periods of time, I would encourage you to seek help, as it is readily available and may not always be attributed to the ascension process). These current economic conditions we may be finding ourselves in are only serving to encourage us to speak to our neighbors face to face…to be there for each other….to help and support each other…and to connect more fully to our area of immediate location….our community. This does not mean that we need never tend to the planet as a whole. Quite the contrary as unity has many boundaries and many levels. As we have succeeded in emptying out so much, we are now poised to re-connect once again. And what we re-connect to will be very different than what we have connected to before. This is because we are vibrating higher now and will attract much more pleasant and incredible experiences for ourselves. Now, in addition, we are being greatly encouraged to connect with each other. As the Hopi quite eloquently have said, “We are the ones we have been waiting for.” These current planetary conditions may feel downright awful, but they are here for a reason and very much a part of the process. June As June arrives, so will more of our new connections. With things finally calming down a bit for many, as we have aligned more readily now with the new, it can be a good time in latter May and into June to begin the process of tying up loose ends and readying for our new endeavors and new connections. We may now have the time to get the things done which we could not before, as too much had landed upon us during the overload of energy phase we most recently experienced in April and the first half of May. And with the advent of Mercury turning retrograde from May 26 to June 19 or 20, we will be assisted in this process. Much more will come for us in June. Things will be lining up. We will connect with new people and new things. Our new beginnings will finally begin beginning! We will come together much more as a whole. We will unite with those who match us in better ways. With the current emptiness we may find ourselves in, it may seem that much is in dire straits, but what we are seeing is simply the emptiness. There is nothing really there yet to see or to connect to. We are neither here nor there. Our new connections have yet to be established, and the theme of this new, again, is a connection to each other. 2012There has been much energy and focus floating around about the year 2012. Many might say it marks the end of the world. And many are focusing on this event instead of focusing on where they are now. 2012 will simply mark the end of an era or reality. The planets will be positioned in such a way that a signal or benchmark will have been reached. For many of us who are sensitive, we may feel this event very intensely within ourselves. It will mean that a completion has occurred, and we are right on track with this benchmark. So then, from now until 2012, we will be experiencing a step-by-step process of releasing the old and arriving in the new. When 2012 arrives, there will be no catastrophes, dire events, or great suffering. We will already be where we need to be, and this event will simply validate the fact that we have done what we needed to do as a planet and thus arrived here at this time. And it will be then that the beginning of the new, or the rebuilding of the planet will be put into play in full force. And by then, each and every one of us will know exactly what we are doing and what is indeed occurring. Until then, we will be moving ahead in steps, being right where each of us needs to be, introducing the new, and staying safe and secure while the planet continues with its fall. The re-building of the planet will really begin in earnest after December of 2012. So then, we are not quite there yet. But by the time 2012 arrives, we will have become much more connected to our souls or higher selves and will then really and truly know what it is that we came to create and who we are in regard to our own special contribution. There are many different stages that each of us can find ourselves in. Some are ready now, and others are climbing up the rungs of the ladder to heaven. All rightly so. If things had shifted over in one big whoooosh!, we would be much too traumatized and would certainly not be able to handle something like this. And in addition, we are the ultimate creators and we get to choose what we want things to look like! So for now, know that our new connections are about to begin, change is about to occur on an intense level, we are about to become very involved in ushering in the new and taking a stand, and many of us will begin the life of our dreams. www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time,
Karen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Two through Mike Quinsey. The first from St. Germain [an Ascended Master], gives you some background on mankind's very long evolutionary process, and encouragement to continue. The second from Atmos, gives perspective on world changes. Any hightlights are mine....M St. Germain 07-May-2008
My service to the Light goes well beyond Earth, but my attention is focussed upon you as your intent to bring about change strengthens. So many of you have not only awakened to these end times, but have also found an outlet for your energies by serving others. Some of you are in positions of influence where you can confront the dark forces, and through your endeavours are bringing their activities to the attention of the public. This is most vital in a situation where censorship prevents the truth from becoming known. It is opening the eyes of others who would otherwise remain ignorant of what has been taking place. Be aware that very little is actually as it is presented to you, and that the influence of the dark extends to all major corporations.
As beacons of Light you are bringing the truth into the open, and the great awakening continues to accelerate. It takes an open mind to comprehend what has been taking place over millennia of time. As your mindset has been fixed through the continual repetition of warlike behaviour, and words that concentrate on the “enemy” who are necessary to the plans of the dark. A new vision allows for all people to come together and create a oneness of purpose to work for the good of all. Never have you been so close together, and perceived differences are accepted as the beauty of your various cultural upbringings. Now you travel the world with ease, and find the riches of others who complement your own history with their experiences. Earth has brought together souls from all over your Universe, and they have expressed their ideas from subconscious levels of knowledge of different lives.
As individuals you have so much experience of other lives in the various counties of your world. As you put it to good use, you draw upon it for the benefit of Mankind and your evolution. You cannot stand still as all is flowing continually, and your aspirations to lift up are always carrying you forward. Within your subconsciousness you have a wealth of experience to call upon, and with the final acts being played out upon Earth, you need it to rise above the negativity and claim your true heritage. Many have advanced to those levels where they cannot be touched by the dark energies, and their presence on Earth is most essential to the outcome. Everyone who rises up is one less who can be swayed by the dark forces, and more importantly they hold fast within their Light unperturbed by the outer events.
The most valuable service you can do at this time is to spread the Light, and when you link with others also serving in this way you become a powerful force for change. Changes will come regardless of your response, but what you can do as Lightworkers is to lessen the effect so that they are not so disruptive. You have just experienced a major cyclone in Burma, where the negative energies attracted such a force. It has resulted in the extensive loss of life, but be aware that those souls desired to leave that area after many years of brutal military rule. See that when families leave together they immediately move into the peace and joy of release from their oppression. Such happenings also send out a warning to other regimes, as the dark energies will eventually turn in upon them and implode.
We know that at any time of major physical changes on Earth, there are Dear Ones who are concerned that God allows them to take place. I must therefore remind you that it is the hand of Man that causes them and not your All Loving God. Intervention would simply curtail the lessons that are there to be learnt, although your Galactic Nations temper them with the knowledge that your Earth is slowly being restored to its original beauty. If your vibrations were sufficiently raised up, you would alleviate the extent of physical damage and the cleansing would not be so severe. Without any judgement I will tell you that over millennia of time you have created the scenario for these end times. What is pleasing to us is that unlike earlier cycles, you have avoided the total destruction of your civilisation.
You will understand that the cleansing of Earth has to be completed so that Mother Gaia may also prepare in readiness for Ascension. You are rising up as One and your participation is most important to the outcome. We charge you with becoming One with the Light, and help all others lift up. You have immense help from many great Beings who continually send their Light to Earth. It is being grounded upon it, and setting up a grid all around it that is attracting higher energies to you. The new Earth is manifesting even now, and appears in the etheric realms that some of your psychics have already glimpsed. The trauma and distress that takes place on Earth is but a small burden to bear; it is but a blink of the eye in the whole scheme of things.
To many it appears that you fight your battles alone and against great odds. The truth is that each and every one of you are known to us, and take each step with a myriad of helpers. We love you dearly, and recognise your godliness even if it is shrouded by the lower energies of Earth. You are very special to us, and we allow for your wayward actions as part of your chosen experiences. It is all about your evolution, and who are we to judge your choices. Freedom is God given to you, and no one shall interfere against your wishes. However, we hear your calls for release from the dark forces, and we come with the Legions of Heaven to ensure they are answered.
The White Brotherhood works quietly and at a distance with your Galactic friends, who stand by ready to broker those changes that will remove the last cabal. If you knew what was planned you would have no worries, and full confidence in your future that is tied up with the final years of this cycle. You are breaking your bonds with the dark forces that have dominated Earth for so long. Their days are numbered and having served their purpose, they too shall move on to a new cycle where they can continue their experiences. All roads eventually lead back home to God, and no soul is destined to stay within the dark forever. There is unlimited Love and Light for each soul if they so desire to bring it to themselves.
I am St. Germain and my task will not be complete until I have lifted you all up into the Light. I shall walk with you all hand in hand in the Oneness that we are, and shall always remain, and So Be It for evermore.
Thank you St. Germain.
Mike Quinsey.Source: www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/mike_quinsey/channeled%20messages/May%202008/05.07.08St.Germain.htm********* Atmos 21-May-2008 Take your time to understand what is going on in the world at present, and place it all under the heading of change. The way must be prepared for the new to come in, and it is quite a feat to bring the changes together so that they inflict as little harm as possible. I talk not specifically of human involvement, although that is of major concern but the effect upon your business community and employment of the masses. There will be days and weeks of uncertainty, as the old world falls into the abyss of transmutation never to return again in that form. Meanwhile the new paradigm gradually emerges, and will be recognized for its ability to deal with any crisis that arises. The planning that has gone before is your assurance that the new path for Man, will be quickly established. Using your terminology, we shall say that the rot has set in, and no amount of shifting and changing will save the old regime and its ways. The whole structure is crumbling, and the remedy is beyond the power of Man to overcome it. Vast changes are required with some degree of urgency, and they are receiving our attention. We closely follow them and are allowed to limit the damage that they do. These were always going to be volatile times, but are held in check to minimize their effect. Weather changes are to be expected as your Sun takes control of the Solar System. However, these are also in part due to the interference of Man, with weather control and its manipulation, together with the changes to the topography through deforestation. What you have been experiencing are the results of Man’s progress without sufficient spiritual application and understanding, placing his own judgement above that of the Laws of God. You cannot ignore your responsibility to all other forms of life, and you are meant to be the Guardians of the Earth, that has been in your care. Look around you and be honest, can you really be proud of what you see. These are strong words and not directed at everyone, as it is a paradox that the lower you slip into the dark, the more Light is brought to bear upon you. How far will you go before you rise up against what you see, because these are your last chances to do so before the cycle ends? We know that many of you take matters very seriously, and are setting a shining example that others can follow. The challenge is there to take a stand against the failures of the past, and make a start on the road to new horizons. The goal is harmony and balance in all things, and the creation of a new environment that will lead the way into the New Age. We are here to give of our help, but restricted until we can come openly amongst you. Then we shall go roaring ahead and renew and repair the damage that has brought the Earth to her knees, as our goal is for complete restoration. For all we have said it is you who are the most important Beings, and it is within your capability to rise up above any crisis or beat any challenge that is presented to you. You are Light Beings of the highest order, and can surmount whatever obstacles are placed on your path. You have been doing it ever since you started this cycle, with a subconscious drive that has urged you ever onwards without realizing your goal. One experience after another has led you to this present time, and now you stand poised for the greatest one ever, your Ascension. It is no mean feat seeing the depths to which you have plunged; yet your Light has shone through. Thank goodness that you are unaware of your many lives, as it is not without reason that you have been veiled from them. To carry those memories would distract you from your present path. Having gone from one extreme to another, you have gathered a wealth of experience that will serve you well in these trying times. The end is in sight, and opens up into a new beginning of unimaginable splendor and beauty as you move into the Golden Age. Physicality as you have understood it will have been overtaken by crystalline wonders, and magnificent Light that will be the very essence of everything that exists. It may all seem a dream, but it will come true as you take a quantum leap into the future. It is the past that will become as a dream that will be soon forgotten, but the souls who have experienced it will forever remember their link to each other. No one will be but a thought away from their loved ones, and able to share their love, happiness and joy forever. As you are already discovering, the power of thought is capable of changing anything and everything. It is growing within you and requires a responsible approach to life, as you can do as much harm as good if it is used unwisely. As time goes on, you will continue to rise up into the realms of Light, becoming more purified until you are Pure Light. It is a natural progression back to Source, which is the driving force that ever urges you ever onwards.Think of what lies ahead, and the short time that you will remain in duality. Every tear and heartache will have been well worthwhile to be here at such a momentous occasion, and one that is unique where Ascension is concerned. You are privileged to be taking part in such a process that allows for your upliftment as a fully conscious Being. It is not a reward in the strictest sense of the meaning, but nevertheless is something you have earnt through hard work and dedication. We shall open your eyes to your true selves, and you will know of your greatness. I am Atmos a Sirian, and we have many of our own working with you. We are linked in quite a special way, from earlier contacts with you that you go far back into the mists of time. Like many other civilizations we have come close to you in the past, and it is our duty to see that you rise up and complete this cycle in a victorious manner. It will be thus completed as the ending has already been written. We look at you and see who you really are, and our love goes out to you without reservation. We Are All One in Love and Light in this great experience, and we look forward to greeting you as the newest members of the Galactic Federation. Thank you Atmos. Mike Quinsey. Source: www.treeofthegoldenlight.com/First_Contact/mike_quinsey/channeled%20messages/May%202008/05.21.08Atmos.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Here's a most recent from Master DK, with some positive affirmations you can use for world conditions and the financial straights we are now experiencing. Bear in mind that affirmations are not meditation for Soul contact; they are used to change your response/programming. Here, Master DK helps you change the perspective of your thinking......MPlane-to-Plane Memorandum To: My Beloved Students From: Master Djwhal Khul Subject: May 2008 Lesson Date: May 5, 2008
Beloved Students:
As we together create the flow of enlightenment by which to bless Earth this year, I greet you in joy and anticipation for what our joint efforts will bring forth. Was there ever a time more exciting than this? I have great excitement – not only for the world at large, but for each of my beloved students, as well. Thus, I encourage each of you to make the very most of all the spiritual opportunities afforded you this year.
I would like to suggest that each of you determine right now to face the remainder of 2008 in a flow of excitement also. As you observe the conventional reality in which you experience, it is probably quite clear that the energies affecting and afflicting most people are fairly intense. Many are experiencing levels of fear and anxiety in their personal lives that is both unexpected and unprecedented. While such offers an opportunity for you to generate much compassion, it also utters a call to go deeper in your own journey.
In truth, you cannot always change the events and circumstances that appear to be causing, or at least contributing to, the cumulative effects of the fear you have experienced (and perhaps continue to experience). This is, of course, precisely as it should be, since your own transcendence has nothing to do with controlling the outer, perceived reality. True transcendence comes about when one sees through the fears, points of anger, levels of greed and other mental afflictive states that arise in the journey of ego dissolution.
The “problem,” if we label it such, is that most people prefer controlling their outer conditions and circumstances rather than putting forth the effort to control how the mind perceives those conditions. Most people attempt to deal with their fear in one of two ways: either they try to alter (control) the perceived outer circumstances, or they use plain old denial as a coping strategy. Of course, neither of these tactics is adequate to cure fear. Thus, they either become “control freaks,” or attempt to live their lives disconnected from their own emotions. Since the tactics are flawed, so are the re-sults, and generally speaking, the perceived “problems” become more pronounced, the suffering increased.
If we investigate the energy that underlies the fear reaction, we discover that it is the same as that of excitement – the only difference lies in the perception and designation the mind applies. Clearly, this is an important matter to understand: the primary difference in “fear” and “excitement” lies in the interpretation of the experience. For example, recall for a moment the free-falling sensation that occurs when riding in a roller coaster car that is speeding down hill on a long and very steep track. To some, this experience poses sheer terror; to others, it is an exhilarating episode of pure excitement. Notice that the two experiences are identical in every way except interpretation.
Since you live your life steeped in, and surrounded by, the conventional reality, you cannot avoid encountering the energetic flow that is facilitating trans-formation on the planet. But also, because others around you react to that energy flow with, and through, fear, you also cannot avoid experiencing the arising of fear within your own ego mind, since all those “other” sentient beings out there are actually only other parts of yourself. Obviously, you must feel what “they” feel. Even so, you can “pierce the veil” of illusion by learning to reinterpret your sensations and perceptions.
Imagine for a moment that instead of being fearful about the current financial picture coming into focus in the West, you could see it as exciting. To do this, however, mandates that you not get stuck in the signals and input your ego mind presents to you. After all, if you persist in your prior ways of seeing, you will continue to feel the prior levels of suffering. If you are unable to view your current national economic situation with excitement, do you think you could at least view it with curiosity? To accomplish this feat, you will need to first enter the “don’t know” field. You can be certain that something is going to result, but you hold off knowing just how bad it will be for you (or others) and take the position of a neutral observer.
Either way, you open yourself to a new way of facing your life, and truthfully, either of the resulting new perspectives you adopt beats just hanging out in the fear, doesn’t it? Thus, you begin to investigate the areas in your life where you experience fear, or chronic worry, and try to see these areas differently. Try on the excitement perspective or the curiosity perspective first, and then look for other interpretations you might adopt, as well. Pay attention to what happens for you when you choose a perspective other than that of fear and/or worry. You might want to even take some notes as you carry out this personal experimentation. The Buddha encouraged his students continually to experiment with their minds in similar fashion. He held that the most important gem is gaining first-hand knowledge. Teaching, he said, is the second to this.
It should be fairly obvious that the goal, here, is to put you in charge of the fear, rather than allow the fear to take charge of you. There is, however, more to this exercise than merely attaining the goal. While attaining the goal will surely ameliorate your suffering with regard to fear, transcendence requires going deeper by recognizing the importance of the process used in getting to the goal. In some ways, the process generated may be even more important than the attainment of the goal. You see, in this case, it is the process (not the goal) that becomes your vehicle of liberation. By transforming the mind, you demonstrate the creative power of using your mind well. This is not only good for fear eradication, it is empowering for you to witness your ability and know that you, indeed, can liberate yourself from the suffering intoxication of fear.
I have used the example of fear not because it is the only emotional quagmire you will likely need to resolve, but more precisely, because of the negative effects fear perpetrates upon the open heart. As you move closer and closer to your awakening, your heart expands, ultimately becoming the “ground” for your awakening experiences. Simply stated, there is no greater threat to an opened (or opening) heart than that of arising fear reactions. Just as the practice of love expands the heart, the practice of fear contracts the heart.
When I mentioned at the beginning of this writing that I am “excited” for the results each of you will create this year, notice that I did not say I was afraid that some of you might not fully utilize the tremendous opportunities that are offered you. While I think it is likely that you will, in fact, miss some opportunities now and then, still, I hold and extend excitement. Please see that what I am putting forth here is much more than merely some form of “positive thinking.” I am holding a rarefied field of creative potential, which I hope each of you will enter and emulate. Clearly, this is quite different from “thinking positively” on your behalf. I hold that field of potentiality quite consciously, and I am fully aware of what I am doing. This I do because I understand the power of “fields” of energy in the process of manifestation, and I also know the source of those creative fields. However, I bring your attention to my process so as to set an example for you. Surely you can see that it is not less important for you to be fully aware of the field of energy you are generating and holding than for me. To accomplish the highest level of service to/for Earth at this amazing time mandates full attention and application of knowledge. Besides, as you come to fully understand the power of conscious manifestation, you simply will not allow yourself to fall back into those trance states that perpetuate your suffering.
When the Buddha gave teachings for his “time deprived” students of old, one of the key elements he offered them was the realization that they already possessed everything they needed for tapping transcendence. He maintained they had no need of special accoutrements to enhance their spiritual practice, for they had within a special teacher – the breath. He taught them to literally breathe their way through anything. Breathing in, they remembered calmness; breathing out, he taught them to release all stressful mental states. The breath, he taught, is a bridge between the inner and outer worlds, and this is particularly “good news” if you find yourself projecting fear in response to witnessing current conditions in your world.
Rather than contracting in fear (and risk getting stuck in), the muck and mire of the mass projections of recession, economic downturn, housing fatalities, etc., put your energy and focus on prosperity and healthy relationships. You will, of course, need to deal with the challenges that arise for you, but restrain your mind from obsessing on how terrible the next moment could be. If your mind really wants to “get stuck,” let it stick to focusing on prosperity, success, healthy relationships and generating bodhichitta for all who are oblivious to the power they possess.
Using the practices the Buddha gave his “graduate students” is certainly applicable for you. Begin by simply accepting your breath. If you try to accept all the conditions in the world at large, that is clearly too big a task for accomplishment. However, if you attend to the breath and accept it just as it is, you are on your way to profound changes, because you are entering neutrality.
After relaxing into acceptance of your breath, take about 10 breath cycles in which you mentally repeat prosperity affirmation with your in-breath. Then, as your release your out-breath, simply say your name. Try these: “Every day in every way I’m becoming more and more prosperous.” “I am grateful for all the goodness with which I am blessed.” “I am a good money manager and I responsibly handle my financial re-sources.” “The wealth of my spirituality draws prosperity to all areas of my life.” “I am continually attracting opportunities to create prosperity.” “I give my best efforts and focused attention to creating a prosperous world.” “I reject all laziness and procrastination, and I demonstrate to the Universe that I am worthy of prosperity.” “When I need a helping hand, I look to the end of my wrist.” “I possess the ultimate power, the power of choice.” “I choose to be happy, loving and prosperous right now!”
Your loving teacher,
Djwhal KhulSource: masterdk.com/monthly_lesson------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ I saved this one for last; it is a bit different. It is from a gentleman I 1st introduced the other day here: tinyurl.com/4z4to9 The article I am posting now is from 1997. The author used remote viewing to help his clients see into their futures...Remote viewing IS REAL....our military uses it...you can run a search and find all the info you need to confirm its reality and use in our world. Anyway, here is an interesting take on our future world. I must say that is one closely related to how I see our coming years....I'm not looking for a 'savior'; we are responsible for our own messes we've created and there will be different levels of awareness among the populations....All is how we will CO-Create our future....What kind of world do you see in our future?....Be careful what you envision!!!!....MichelleSeeing into the Future About progression, prediction and future possible realitiesby Palden Jenkins, 1997 In recent years I've been doing 'progressions' (contrasting to 'regressions') with people in my workshops and once in the Hundredth Monkeying project – a mixture of meditation and interactive remote-viewing of the future. What I do is slowly count people forward in time, usually to about twenty years ahead (now 2017 – which lies after the critical time-point many people subscribe to around 2012-15). What's interesting is that many different results come up – probably arising from the fact that I encourage people to place themselves in that time or to see it through someone close to them (if they're disincarnate by then) rather than to view it abstractly.Yet most of the results seem to hang together with each other to paint a picture of both the dawning of a new world with an utterly renewed and deepened atmosphere and a lot of joy and quite considerable difficulties for some and in some areas – though neither is globally prevalent, at least around 2017. I haven't experimented enough with taking people further forward to a later date such as 2050, when this situation might theoretically have changed. However, we don't leave things there, since this is not a prediction game. The issue is to get a good grasp of the reality one finds at that point in time and to get a sense of the things one is glad about and the things one might at that time regret or wish were different. I then create a space toward the end of the journey whereby people may explore various alternative possible realities to the details they have 'got', to see what might also be possible in the evolving circumstances. I encourage people to look at the potential future consequences and issues arising around that future time (ie 2017ish), to check out whether what they see might be acceptable when seen from a longer-term viewpoint. In some cases I ask people to check out other, contrasting circumstances which others in the world of that time might be experiencing, so that they get a wider picture of the condition of humanity. If there are parts which are bewildering or button-pressing about what people experience from this I ask them to backtrack a bit to see where the cruxpoints of evolving situations lie (between 1997 and 2017). Then, after giving space for completions, we slowly come back. Then comes another process, usually in the form of writing down one's observations, followed by a sharing session. This involves mentally tracking the twenty-year period in stages and how it evolves for each person, with a view to helping them clarify their life-intents for the present, establish something of a timetable for personal life-commitments and activity and identify things they can accentuate or avoid in their current and future actions which might lead toward more wholesome results. The relevance of this is to bring into focus one's capacity to create the future, both in the personal sphere and in one's contribution to the generality. The advantage of a technique such as this, whether or not it accurately maps possible future scenarios (and I suspect that for at least 50% they are getting quite accurate material) is that it tends to bypass any out-of-proportion wishes or fears one might have for the future. Hopes and fears come up, though if one sets up the session carefully, quite a profound realism can arise in people's progression-journeys. This has some advantages inasmuch as a proportion of people cloud their sense of the future with images of either bliss/redemption or horror – only to find in such an inner process that realism exists in the future too! (For example, some realise that an 'ascension into the fifth dimension' (for example) is not a disincarnate experience – more a change of awareness). Witnessing the results of this kind of work makes me aware of how, today and in the future, we humans, though sharing life on planet Earth, nevertheless live in very different worlds – and we're likely to continue doing so! There might be an overall global median reality, yet our individual experiences of it are all the same exceptionally variant, and heaven and hell exist within the same overall 'reality'! The general effect of doing such progression-meditations on those who do it is noticeably empowering. Many report that they have gained a more workable handle and orientation on the (or their) future, and a clearer insight into their life-purpose, where they need to go with it and how they can specifically empower themselves to play a personal part in global future-creation. Though I have expected difficulties around use of this technique, I have not had a single report of difficulties arising – yet! However, I must acknowledge also that I have not been systematically gathering feedback or data from these experiments. Usually we end the session with a round of group-feedback, since everyone benefits from hearing others' experiences – both the similarities and the differences. A few commonalities which seem to have arisen: 1. the general level of happiness and understanding in the world has risen significantly, even though there are still areas of difficulty and gulfs to cross – it feels as if at that time we're still in the earlier stages of planetary transformation and redemption of the past; however, it seems that the observable changes at that time are not immediately recent and have been there a few years – people are relatively used to them and there aren't predominant signs of social shock or 'punch-drunkness'; some still live in the past, though most accept the present and are intentionally working for the future; 2. the world is not significantly damaged, though there have been some noticeable catastrophes and shifts in society and nature and some people suffer from it, yet there is more global mutual support going on; there's a hint of feeling that the 20th century has been worse than the 21st; 3. there seems to be a greater depth of colour to reality, and many more people are experientially aware of deeper dimensions of reality; 4. there seems to have been much international movement of people, as individuals and masses, and nation-states seem to be something of a thing of the past yet not institutionally changed; 5. there are considerable hurdles to cross, yet a greater willingness to acknowledge and cross them; 6. there seems to have been a levelling-out of belief- and reality-differences and much more mutual understanding, though there are pockets of diehards who cling on to and barricade themselves into specific beliefs too, which causes some trouble but not too much; 7. it seems that some of the greatest difficulties in accepting change arise in USA, where social dissonance seems to have been strong, though some of the more radical individual world change-agents come from there also; China seems to experience quite major disorientation and mass-depression and the Islamic world seems to be going through a (by then, to them) welcome shift in perspective, belief and social practices and a lightening of social atmosphere and equity; Europe and Latin America seem to be relatively stable – Europe seems to have gone through a significant material collapse, yet this has actually helped its social atmosphere and is almost a relief (as if it was less devastating than WW2); there seems to be a power-levelling in the Americas in which Latins assist Anglo-Saxons in dealing with loss; 8. Africa and Russia seem by then to be leading areas for the development of new social initiatives and precedents; some areas of the world are triumphing in social cooperation (akin to 'war efforts') while others are languishing and 'in balance' – things seem to be very much 'in process'; 9. there seems to be a greater awareness of spiritual and macrocosmic issues, yet there seems not to have been a classic showing of divine entities or ETs – it seems to be very human-oriented at that time; 10. there have been setbacks, yet they seem to be regarded philosophically and as manageable changes – there's a sense of relief at the things which could have happened and didn't; 11. many of the issues we think now are problems have become assets to the future – such as mining waste-dumps and the arrival of new species-mutations in nature – though this is not without challenges and regrets; climate has changed by noticeable degrees; mass activities such as forest-planting and settlement-rebuilding are under way in some areas; 12. humanity seems to be okay and progressing, without major loss of population (though with some tragedies). These observations have not been systematically reviewed – they're more impressions picked up from what people have reported. So far I've run this inner journey with some 250 people in about 15 different sessions since 1992. I would emphasise that I believe it's not advisible to conduct such progression experiments unless set up carefully by people who have good experience in regression or meditative imaging technique and group facilitation. It's important not to inject predispositions such as visionary idealism or future-paranoia if valuable results are to be obtained and if one's responsibility to participants is to be honoured. It's also important to emphasise the notion of 'possible realities' and of our capacity to actively participate in creating the future. Source: www.palden.co.uk/palden/p4-future1.html
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jun 20, 2008 21:51:34 GMT 4
Note: I'm working right now on the 2008 Summer Solstice [which is today] report right now. It's an important one, so please bear with me. Today is one of high and very unique energies and if one is unbalanced anywhere, you will feel discomfort...Your sister here has had a relapse into past fears and I have been dealing with a migraine headache for 2 days now...I'm working as fast as I can so you can read about it today. Thanks, Michelle
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jun 20, 2008 23:39:01 GMT 4
2008 Summer Solstice Report June 20 SUMMER SOLSTICE Sun opposite Pluto at the Golden Gate of AscensionThe Summer Solstice [in the Northern Hemisphere] occurs on June 20th at 7:59pm EDT. Here is a brief 'scientific' explanation of the Summer Solstice: "The seasons of the year are caused by the 23.5º tilt of the earth's axis. Because the earth is rotating like a top or gyroscope, the North Pole points in a fixed direction continuously. It points toward a point in space near the North Star. But the earth is also revolving around the sun. During half of the year, the southern hemisphere is more exposed to the sun than is the northern hemisphere. During the rest of the year, the reverse is true. At noontime in the Northern Hemisphere the sun appears high in the sky during summertime, and low during winter. The time of the year when the sun reaches its maximum elevation occurs on the summer solstice - the day with the greatest number of daylight hours. It typically occurs on, or within a day or two of June 21st, the first day of summer. The lowest elevation occurs about December 21st and is the winter solstice - the first day of winter, when the night time hours reach their maximum.
The word 'solstice' comes from the Latin for sun stands still. For several days before and after each solstice, the sun appears to stand still in the sky; i.e., its noontime elevation does not seem to change from day to day. This means that the Sun rises and sets at the same place on the horizon for three days appearing to stand still. Ancient cultures were tracking the sun very carefully, especially in reference to the growing season, and took special notice of this occurrence. They celebrated the 3-day portal of intense in-pouring of sunlight, and the longest days of brightness, in many ceremonial ways, even building standing stone circles and other megalithic sites to capture the Light of the Sun as it stood still [Stonehenge is an example of this].
Thus, the Solstice is a Still-point moment of pausing. At the Winter Solstice, we pause in the darkness of frozen night, within the womb of earth, to listen for the dawning of the first rays of sunlight. At the Summer Solstice, however, we dance in the Still-point which is a place of total and complete bathing in the Light. Picture yourself standing on a stage in a hushed auditorium, with everyone at complete stillness. Suddenly a shaft of light, a celestial spotlight, illuminates you. You begin to dance in the Still-point, downloading information from the photons as they bathe your Soul. And everyone claps and cheers you on as you experience Joy in the Light.
In addition to the beautiful Light and Information Infusion of Summer Solstice, at this particular Summer Solstice there is a special kick added. Just as we did at the Winter Solstice, we have Pluto - Lord of Death and Rebirth, Lord of the Cocoon and the Butterfly - hanging out at Galactic Center. Remember that Galactic Center [in Sagittarius] is the Heart Chakra of our Galaxy, and is known as the Golden Gate of Ascension. Just as Souls are said to enter this dimension at the Silver Gate in Gemini, they are said to leave, to ascend, at the Golden Gate [the Black Hole at Galactic Center]. This is the ultimate goal of all Souls on Earth. At the Full Moon, we took a look at where we came from, now the Solstice Light Energizes WHERE WE ARE GOING.
The Galactic Center [GC, a.k.a. the Golden Gate] is a Black Hole, a wormhole to another dimension. Nick Anthony Fiorenza describes it beautifully: "Galactic Center, the heart center of our galaxy, is the zero-point space-time reference for our evolutionary system - the center of the soul. GC embodies soul's greater incarnational mission, beyond any given lifetime. The term Galaxy is from galacto, meaning milk. I.e. that which is mothering and nourishing... hence, our 'Milky Way', our Mother's Milk. GC and the galactice plane spinning outward from it, provide the greater evolutionary context and nourishment for souls participating in this galaxy. GC lies just south of the Gate of God" the Golden Gate of Ascension.
Pluto here once again is sending us a continued message, one which he has been sending since 2005-2006 [peaking in October-December 2007]. And this will be his last transmission of this message from this location for 232 years.
Nick Fiorenza feels that "Pluto standing as sentry upon the Gate of God is in charge of those making passage through this galactic portal. Pluto ensures we do not take any antiquated baggage along. He will destruct any lesser levels of self not attuned to the resonance of this galactic level of consciousness. This implies that a tremendous letting go is required to make passage, to shift along with the evolutionary acceleration. It implies a 'parting of the galactic waters' for those willing to 'let go' - and a blockage for those insistently holding onto the antiquated."
Simply put, in order to reach the next level of evolution each of us [and Humanity as a whole] must let go of all the 'old stuff' that no longer works and that holds us back from Ascension. If certain tragedies, losses and disappointments in your past are re-surfacing [as they had been for myself; this was the reason for my prolonged absence], if old, familiar negative feelings are arising, something about current circumstance is dragging you backward, your inner dialogue is allowing you to fall back into a pessimistic mood, based on memories of previous difficulties. Examine how things have reverted to old patterns.
Question yourself: "How did I allow this feeling, situation, or pattern back into my life?" Your intuition is your early warning system. When something arouses oddly familiar negative feelings, stop right there and examine everything. You don't want your old reflexes to take over and lead you into stagnation. Challenge yourself to come up with different responses and new approaches. Now is a chance to understand the meaning of those pitfalls or taboos that you were once ignorant of. When you realize the worst is over, that you are not alone and it isn't personal, you can begin to gather the educational benefits of that experience and move forward. You will have paid your dues, and can put the experience behind you on the way to your next challenge.
Like it or not, you may be reaching completion with old beliefs and ways of relating and communicating. As the intensity and responsibility you have borne previously nears conclusion, you may be ready to leave behind the sacrifices of the past. You may have hoped the situation would resolve more harmoniously. Nevertheless, the moment of turnaround may be imminent, when the end of the old gives way to the birth of the new.
Look for a chance to close accounts with the old order and start on a fresh track. You can't accurately evaluate an experience except with hindsight. So, as the turning point approaches, stay focused on upcoming possibilities. Refuse to negatively label this transition until more time passes. Resist the temptation to linger in feelings of anger, victimization or hopelessness. You may not easily return to the status quo after events like the recent ones, but you can move on to safer, higher, healing ground. Remember that you will always possess the opportunity to learn from this experience and support your heart more wisely in the future.
Right now, you have the potential of severing a long-standing attachments that have repeatedly held you back, even when you swore you were truly done with them. At this point your confidence is focused enough so that you are no longer willing to repeat the old patterns.
Now you know you can cut the cords and free yourself. Mixed with a natural trepidation, there is tremendous optimism. You are on the verge of experiencing and accomplishing great things. As the glimmer of the future grows brighter, and you are willing to leave the past behind to pursue that light. You will feel much better when you finally cut the ties that bind you to anything that is not in harmony with the higher energies. This may mean relationships, a job, your location, attitudes and beliefs, or even how you view the news of our world.
It is time to let go and free fall, Folks. Sure it's a bit scary, but you're not alone; we're all experiencing this, and I'd bet, that you have one or more people close to you who love and accept you for who you really are without all your props and disguises, that you have one or more people around you who love you unconditionally. If you were to ask them to reassure you, they would be happy to take you in and give you every confirmation of their love. They are willing to nurture you and provide an emotional and psychic safety net for you.
The abundant expression of affection these treasured people bestow upon you touches you deeply. You would do well to spend quality time with those whose generosity of spirit waters your emotional garden. Remember that you deserve to receive this kind of nourishment.
I wish to take the time now to thank these people in my life, especially one most dear...you know who you are, the BASIL ST. JOHN of my life.
This beautiful Light-and-Information Solstice-Full Moon Portal is helping to prepare us for the intense changes that will come about in August under 2 powerful eclipses. Whatever we "choose" on a "Soul level" at this Solstice Portal will help propel us into accelerated evolutionary change under the eclipses of August. So as you are Watching the Solstice Sun set and the Full Moon rise during this beautiful Portal, make a decision to Let Go of all that no longer serves. And Dance in the Light, celebrating the Journey of your Soul and all the Joy that lies ahead.
Here's to a great Summer, MichelleJune 11 , 2008 OOOOOOOOH...WHEEEEEEE! GET READY! Greetings! The re-connection is finally coming! What a wild and seemingly unpredictable ride we have been on, but if we can understand what is indeed occurring, it can all make sense. Things are proceeding right on track as we continued making our way up the spiritual evolutionary ladder. As more and more of the masses become involved in the process, the stages still repeat themselves over and over, but with much more of an impact now as so much more has been embraced and engulfed within higher vibrating energies. And in addition, the higher we vibrate, the more intense and magnified every movement and shift becomes. When this process really began in earnest around 2000, there were but a few in the forefront having the many experiences that the ascension process creates. With each succeeding phase, more and more souls get on board and thus, we become closer and closer to creating heaven on Earth and a planet which becomes closer and closer to the visions most of us embody as the beautiful new Earth we knew it would eventually become. So where are we now and what is on the very near horizon? The solstice of June 21st will pack a very powerful punch, but why will this be, what will it create, and how did we get here in the first place? From January to NowAfter we arrived fully at the next level or dimension (the end of March), we then began to experience manifestations of residing in a higher vibration. The loss of our normal boundaries was the most pronounced. This created in many, experiences of having our boundaries disrespected, of feeling a sense of danger or perhaps a feeling of not being safe, and of feeling bare, naked, and vulnerable. The higher we vibrate, the less density surrounds us within and without, and a loss of boundaries is very common. Another common manifestation for many was re-connecting or coming into contact with individuals we had not seen for awhile, of family re-unions and old connections re-surfacing. This was because when we reach the “other side,” we connect with the best parts of our loved ones, brothers and sisters, and those with whom we shared past connections. If not occurring in a physical manifestation, some had this experience in their dream state. Feeling cold with an inability to get warm is another manifestation of transitioning from one dimension or vibration into another…or in other words, going through a shift. Weeping for the loss of the old, or the energies of what can no longer exist in a higher vibration, occurred as well, even if many did not consciously know why they were feeling so emotional. Feeling as if one was having a meltdown is also a frequent occurrence of the ascension process, as so much of us begins to open, leave, and come apart during these times. We also began to vibrate higher and thus to come to the higher vibrating awareness that we cannot save another or even save the planet. When we attempt to go where others are, or to a lower vibrating space, we have to drop down ourselves, and this we can only do for certain amounts of time. We need not “drop down” anymore, as it is now time for many to “come up.” And this brings us to where we are now. We need to pull out and allow for the energies which need to experience an awakening and a change to have the opportunity to get to this place on their own. If we continue to go where they are, attempting to hold them up and support them, we will only be robbing them of their opportunity to hit rock bottom, to then ask for change, to try something different, to come to a new awareness on their own, to ask for assistance, and most importantly to be willing to listen and embrace a very new way. Over and over through the years of writing these energy alerts I have received criticism, anger, resistance, and “correction” from some who are not yet ready or who have not yet had an experience of residing in a higher dimension. They are simply viewing things from a filter of an old 3D reality. Holding on to these old filters can greatly slow us up now. And this will become very evident for the many masses which will arrive on our heels. As I have said so many, many times….residing in a higher dimension is not what we thought it would be. It is quite different than our old 3D minds could wrap themselves around. Over and over I am invited to connect with those practicing old 3D perceptions of spirituality and New Age thought and I am unable to participate. There is much un-doing which needs to occur and as we vibrate higher and higher, we will need to be ready to show others who are now willing to let go, a new and higher vibrating way of being and perceiving. The discomfort that the ascension process creates is designed to allow souls to be willing to open up to something new. To realize that what they thought was real, simply was not. To be willing to let go of the reigns and to allow for help. advice, and perhaps a trust in someone or something that has been to new and higher vibrating places. This is what the ascension process creates….a breaking down and releasing of much. And through this breaking down, we then connect more fully to the higher ways of a higher vibrating reality. If we rush in and attempt to save everything before it has a chance to arrive at its own point of giving up and opening to something new, we will only impede the process of the fall. And the fall is a vitally important step on the ascension journey. Thus enters the summer solstice of 2008. Our boundaries have lessened, the veil has become thinner, and within this process many have been taken advantage of for their kindness, consideration, love and supporting ways which exist in a higher reality. These ways are inherent in most lightbearers, and it can thus be difficult not to utilize them in a lower vibrating reality. In a higher vibrating reality, these traits are embodied by all, and there is then in existence a wonderful balance of give and take, with each soul contributing in equal amounts to create a whole in total and beautiful balance. But we are not quite there yet. The solstice will accomplish much and change this to a degree. And it will accomplish much by the shear fact of its existence. Whatever is currently occurring on the planet will be affected in whatever way it is vibrating. (More on this further along in this energy alert.) We went through a period of “waiting” for as many souls as possible to get on board beginning in January of 2008. Many we very ready to move forward, but we wanted to ensure that as many as possible had an opportunity to make their decisions as to where they chose to be in regard to moving into the higher realms or not. The waiting period was frustrating at times, but necessary. Now, there has been enough time. So then, those who have not yet awakened or made their choices to get out of the greed mentality, are not yet willing to embrace unity and the whole, are not yet aware of others around them, and not quite ready to love and respect their brothers and sisters, will get one big whollop and wake-up call with the advent of the summer solstice. For those who have been more than ready, perhaps feeling frustrated and extremely disappointed in how things have been unfolding…perhaps wanting to leave this earth and go home, and perhaps wondering if the darkness will ever leave, they will receive their just rewards of miracles and beauty beyond imagination. I suppose this sounds oddly Biblical or wrathful, but this is not the case at all. This is not about judgment or punishment, it is not a biblical-type prophesy, but simply about energy and how it operates. There is no right or wrong, good or bad, but only the relationship of energies to energies. The big event of the solstice of June 21 will involve the arrival of a much higher vibrating energy, and what it creates will simply signify what is in alignment with it and what is not. The Summer Solstice of June 21The energy of June 21 will arrive from within the earth herself. And even before the 21st, we will experience a window of energy beginning around mid-June which will continue until a day or two after the solstice itself. Deep down at the core of the earth resides an energy which has not been utilized or released for eons of time. It has resided there undisturbed until the right time. The right time is now, as the frequency is at a point which is signaling that it is now safe and now time for this higher vibrating force to arrive fully on the planet Earth. The solstice will serve to activate it. The higher vibrating energies are arriving now much more from within than from without. They are coming from within each and every one of us and from within the earth herself. And this is why we are now approaching the time for unity and community. We are sustaining ourselves much more than ever before as we are embodying much more higher vibrating energy within. The high gas prices here in the US are greatly encouraging this process. Families are wanting to be closer together. We will be wanting to support one another more than ever before. This is simply the process of returning to a reality of unity, community, love and support, and leaving one of materialism, greed, separation and self-absorption. So then, for some, this new energy will catapult them into higher vibrating ways and manifestations. It will serve to re-connect those with what they need to now connect to according to how they are vibrating. It will be all about alignments in accordance with each individual and where they are. In this way, many will now begin connecting to their dreams and dream partners, or perhaps bringing their current relationships up to a higher vibrating existence. It will be all about new connections in much more loving and respectful ways, and all about very new connections to very new manifestations as well. We will be activated now in regard to a new and higher frequency. We will now connect as individuals and for the earth as well, to a very new anchor. What is not in alignment with this new connection will now receive another big shake-up so that an opportunity will arise for a different choice. As most of us know, we get clobbered oh so gently at first, and if we are not yet willing to let go and make a change, we then get clobbered a bit harder, and so on, until we finally get it usually through great suffering. And after enough of the masses are then willing to ask for help, guidance, support and much else, those bearing the most light will then be welcomed with respect and appreciation as way-showers. And this when our store-fronts will serve to support us with an enormous amount of abundance. Will the summer solstice create heaven on Earth forever more? No. But it will be an event which will provide a very new anchor for us to hold onto until the next phase of the ascension process arrives. If you are one who has found yourself dropping things, noticing things falling through your fingers, and experiencing a strange inability to hold onto much of anything (whether literally in the physical sense or otherwise), it is simply because we are now finally poised to have something very new to hold onto once again. Yes, a new anchor is finally arriving. Are you ready? www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time,
Karen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Welcome to the June 18, 2008 Summer Solstice and Sagittarius Full Moon Festival edition of the Satya Center newsletter. Warm greetings from your Editor, Curtis Lang and your co-editor, Jane Sherry. This is our “spiritual” newsletter of the month and another one with alternative global news as a main focus will come to you shortly. The Moon waxes full in Sagittarius Wednesday June 18 at 1:30 pm Eastern Daylight Time, with the Moon at 27.50 Sagittarius and the Sun at 27.50 Gemini. This marks the Festival of Humanity, the third of the three great spring festivals – Easter, Wesak and this week’s Festival of Goodwill. We celebrate the Summer Solstice on Friday June 20, at 7:59 EDT, as the sun enters the sign of Cancer. But a close reading of the Zodiacal roadmap indicates that there’s a lot more going on at present than flowers, parties, fun and games! Mars opposes retrograde Neptune on Solstice Day this year, which indicates the makings of a politically charged and highly polarized “long hot summer” ahead. Fuzzy thinking, intentional distortions and propaganda combine in the mainstream media to increase fear, agitation and paranoia, all of which can be conveniently channeled by our political leaders into activities directed against their personal political enemies. The attack machines have only just begun to warm up, and a propaganda tsunami is on the horizon, which will meet with some organized and extremely agitated resistance this year, in sharp contrast to the two previous Presidential election cycles. We’ve been deluged by reports of people who are stressed out, overworked, worried about money, hit with health challenges, being plunged into a transformational cauldron, and feeling overheated by it all! So it’s up to each one of us to set aside anger, fear and worry and to join together in a festival of community and community healing. Cosmic Astro-Weather ReportCan you say – “Heavy Weather”? Because that’s what’s up this weekin our starscape. Sun and Venus in Gemini are opposed by Moon and Pluto in Sagittarius, all in adverse aspects to electrifying, eccentric and revolutionary Uranus. In addition, Mercury and Neptune are both retrograde this week. Communications are difficult, and the collective mental landscape is obscured by a thick fog of indecision, insecurity, and myopia. In this type of atmosphere, when you combine dense mental fog with irritating setbacks in all communications and communications devices and systems, the stage is set for constant outbursts of inappropriate anger, impatience and general irritability, along with unquenchable feelings of futility and insatiable desires for instant gratification in many areas of life. This entire year is infused with a very strong energy of building conflict, which is set to come to a head around November 2, 2008, when Saturn and Uranus square off in the sky, and Americans choose between Saturnine systems of control to strengthen their Empire and Uranian transformations of the national soul to bring about greater conformity with the principles of Right Relations. So, spiritual practices are a must, but it is hard to find time and energy for those practices in a global emergency. And we are in an emergency. Ponder the accelerating changes in our world, ranging from the global economic crisis of finance capitalism, to the peak oil crisis, which heralds the end of the age of hydro-carbon driven industrial civilizations, the environmental crisis, the global food shortage, and the increasing intractability and belligerence of the most privileged individuals on the planet, who seem determined to sacrifice the well-being of billions of people and the entire human-friendly Earth environment that developed over the last few billion years, just to extend their wealth, their hegemony and their privileges another few decades. Despite all distractions and increasing responsibilities, we must continue on our Spiritual path. It is clear that only through access to Higher Mind, through Group endeavors by highly-trained spiritual communities, and by the grace and guidance of the Masters will humanity find a graceful passage into the rest of the 21st Century. So be gentle with yourself, but try to set aside even a few minutes a day morning and evening to connect with Spirit. Do what practices you can do while meeting your worldly commitments. This will eliminate tendencies to worry, to anger, to become depressed and to impulsively react to difficulties facing us all. Mercury turns stationary direct this Thursday, June 19, 2008, and it will become steadily easier to move forward on all levels, and easier to create mental structures that facilitate steady spiritual practice. In addition, celebration of spiritual festivals with our families, with our neighbors, with those near and far who belong to our spiritual community and lineage, and, indeed with all people on their myriad spiritual paths, can feed our souls, soothe our worried minds, open our hearts, and fill us with the Divine spark of the Holy Spirit, the loving wisdom of the Blessed Sophia. In the Theosophical Tradition, this full moon, Wednesday June 18th, The Festival of Humanity marks the moment during the yearly seasonal round when the energetic outpouring from the Ascended Master Hierarchy reaches a peak. Disciples, seekers, and open-hearted individuals around the world have been absorbing the energies of love and wisdom dispensed during the Easter and Wesak festivals, and learning new ways to re-distribute those energies to those around them, to support the spiritual evolution and the best and highest good of all those involved. During the Festival of Goodwill, the emphasis is on the Aquarian virtues of community, compassion, wise stewardship of resources, conscious networking to expand the ability of people everywhere to contribute to the Divine Plan, and above all, the sharing of love, light and material wealth. The Sabian Symbol for 28 degrees of Gemini is “An Old Bridge Over a Beautiful Stream is Still in Constant Use.” Here is a beautiful symbolic representation of Right Human Relations, which will be revealed and implemented in the upcoming Aquarian Age. A community in touch with its environment and with the needs of its great-great-great-grand-children makes it a priority to provide the very best possible education for every child. In this way the community instills an awareness of the web of life, and focuses its energy and its best minds to create environmentally sustainable architecture and townscapes. In such an Aquarian community, the wisdom, the technological skill, and the investment of older generations continues to serve the needs of all the people, who continue to use the well-designed and well-constructed old bridge constantly, without damaging the precious “beautiful stream” which feeds the plants that feed the community and all its inhabitants -- all those with feet, fins, fur, wings, eyes and hands, and all those that crawl upon and within the earth as well. Spiritually, the Sabian Symbol of the bridge over the stream, represents the opening of the Gates of Heaven and the downpouring of grace and guidance available to us at this unique moment in the Northern Hemisphere when spring gives way to summer, and the Archangel Raphael passes responsibility for the growth of living beings, plants, birds, animals, fish, and insects alike to Archangel Uriel. The bridge across the stream of subtle energies that separates the physical from the more subtle realms is the connection between the egoistic self and the Higher Self. This bridge is forged through the efforts of each of us, generation after generation, each building upon the grace, the guidance, the good karma, and the examples and teachings of the many true spiritual teachers throughout history. Let us give thanks to all of these teachers! Let us give thanks to all of our ancestors for their wisdom, their love, their hard work, and their generosity. In honor of their memory, their struggles, and their victories, let us strive to emulate their wisdom, their love, their hard work, and build a bridge for ourselves to Higher Worlds. And let us offer that bridge to the community in the spirit of joyous service to humanity. Let those to whom much has been given, give much, and let those to whom little has been given give what they can to those in greater need than themselves. This sharing opens the doors of heaven for all Lightworkers that they may receive abundance in all its forms, especially the grace and guidance needed for them to fulfill their Higher Purpose and attain their highest spiritual goals here on Earth. This week is an ideal time to meditate upon the changes taking place in our lives, and to ask for guidance to help us transform these changes into golden opportunities for service, for accelerated spiritual growth and for teaching and healing. Enjoy this meditation on the day of the Full Moon, celebrating the Festival of Goodwill! Opening Invocation: " I now see Heaven on Earth; Heaven and Earth as One; the anchoring of the Kingdom of Heaven; the spiritual principles in open expression on earth; thus leading to the universal recognition that all are one."
“The children of humanity are one, and I am one with them. I seek to love, not hate; I seek to serve and not exact due service; I seek to heal, not hurt.
“Let the soul control the outer form, And life and all events And bring to light the love Which underlies the happenings of the time.
“Let vision come and insight. Let the future stand revealed. Let inner union demonstrate and outer cleavages be gone.
“Let love prevail. Let all people love.”
(Now simply close your eyes and meditate.
Close with a blessing to the whole world:)
“Compassion to All Beings North - South - East - West - Above - Below Compassion to All Beings.”(ed. Note: I would like to thank Kythera Ann [http://visit.elysiumgates.com/harmony.html] at The School for Spiritual Integrity for reminding me about a beautiful meditation that has been known to Theosophists and to others in the metaphysical community for many years, that is appropriate for this Festival Of Humanity.) The Summer SolsticeThe month of June brings us the longest day of the year known as the Summer Solstice when the sun is at its zenith, entering the sign of Cancer. This festival was called St. John's Day in the EuropeanMysterySchool tradition, and has been a traditional time of community celebrations all over the world & throughout history. The Summer Solstice occurs when the sun enters the zodiacal sign of Cancer, on Friday, June 20 at 7:59 p.m. Eastern Time this year. It is one of the four solar community holidays of ancient peoples and remains sacred to many people today. These four solar holidays are the Summer & Winter Solstices, and the Spring & Autumnal Equinoxes. Together they delineate the great Cosmic Wheel of the four seasons. Let us all celebrate the Summer Solstice on Friday, June 20, 2008. Let us be thankful for our connections. Here at Satya Center we thank each and every one of you reading this for your support, for your energy and for sharing with us by email, by letter and by phone. You are truly our far-flung wired-up and wireless global community! We open our hearts to you all. You can read more here: www.satyacenter.com/summer-solstice-2008------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Spiritual Surrender by Todd Schaefer We may think that ‘surrender’ and ‘giving up’ mean the same thing. But when we consider these two terms from a spiritual perspective, they are quite different. ‘Giving up’ is just what it sounds like – giving up, or quitting. However, ‘surrender’ (spiritual surrender) is letting go and accepting what is happening in our lives right now. Spiritual surrender is a doorway to an entirely different type of living. Surrender means gracefully accepting and going with the flow of our lives. Some may think that surrendering means that we must sacrifice, or that we must accept that we can’t have what we want. This is entirely untrue. We can still choose what we want to have in our lives. The difference with surrender, however, is that after we’ve made our desired choice, we allow it to arrive to us in faith at exactly the right time, place and fashion which serve our highest and best good.Surrender is not a concept that our ego favors because it requires patience and trust. At first, we begin surrendering only a few of our choices to the Universe. After some practice and developed trust, we may decide to surrender some bigger things – like the directions of our careers and our relationships. When we become very spiritually attuned to surrendering, we allow it to become our natural state of being, guiding all aspects of our lives. This means that every moment we live we walk in a state of surrender, trusting that everything which occurs – from the mundane to the extraordinary – is in divine right order. Is it possible to accept that without our pushing and struggling, life will naturally and gently move us forward? The ego would not have us believe this, but letting go more often instead of attempting to control every aspect of our lives will actually promote deeper acceptance of ourselves, our friends and families, and our life situations. We worry so much, don’t we? Under the surface of any given day, there are countless things on our minds, most of which never arrive to the surface of our consciousness, but rather, arrive to us as an underlying feeling of angst or mild emotional discomfort. We may not always know what it is, but we can feel when it’s there. When we put our attention in this moment, without worrying about the next thing which may happen, we are creating ‘presence.’ When we choose to remain present despite thoughts that lead us out of the present moment, we are consciously surrendering to the moment, or spiritually surrendering. ‘Surrender’ and ‘presence’ are very closely related. Surrendering creates presence - and presence leads us into wanting to surrender more. Our conscious focus on what is right in front of us is always the best thing for our growth. It may not be glamorous, but there’s always a reason for the condition of the present moment. As we practice following that thread of the present moment, we find that we begin to feel better, and our lives flow more naturally into the next moment. It can be quite easy to fall victim to the belief that something else, or someone else, or somewhere else is better for us. We tend to project ourselves into those moments, which unfortunately, we have no control over now. Placing ourselves where we are not – whether projecting into the future and past or creating cosmetic substitutions for ourselves - we almost always lead ourselves to disillusion and dissatisfaction. Our projection of ourselves into somewhere or something that we are naturally not, causes (energetic) misalignment. We are no strangers to the types of neuroses of the mind and ailments of the body which can develop when we subject ourselves to any misalignment for extended periods of time. The process is always the same – energetic misalignment first, manifested misalignment second. Whether mild or severe, these misalignments eventually have a wear and tear effect on our feelings. For example, when focusing on the past or future for too long instead of the present, we tend feel somewhat desensitized or empty in our feelings. Things that used to feel full and fresh to us begin to fade. The more non-present we become, the more prone we are to seek outer stimuli to compensate for this lack of presence and feeling. Our spirit knows, and tells us when we are out of alignment in our feelings. It’s built in – we can’t screw this up. When we’re out of alignment, we don’t feel good. When we are in alignment, we do feel good. When we don’t have the answers, our feelings still guide us correctly and appropriately. A deep, built-in technology in us always knows the appropriate direction to lead us – but we must surrender in order to access it fully. There is infinite intelligence in our feelings, intelligence that transcends the boundaries of time and space. This intelligence will always be superior to the mind in functionality, efficiency and effectiveness. Feelings are products of the soul and spirit - emotions are products of the mind. Feelings are based on our inherent, deep inner truth; emotions are literally “disturbances.” Silencing the mind can assist us in reaching our feelings which sometimes reside beneath the surface of our consciousness, depending on our alignment. And surrender, of course, is the first step in silencing the mind. Surrender is an easy concept to understand but difficult to live. Studying and living surrender quickly brings to awareness what we are dealing with – trusting versus controlling, believing versus manipulating, having faith versus having problems. You will notice as we observe the mind that we teach it how to have problems, and spend the rest of our lives mentally overcoming them. Surrendering, however, will transcend the programming of the mind by literally creating an energetic accordance between what is truthfully you and what is just another product of the mind. In other words, we can’t expect to create a real solution at the level of the mind, when the mind created the problem. Our surrendering, our going higher, our accessing of a higher energy and consciousness is what creates a solution. This will be truthful for any problem’s solution: In order to have a “real” solution, we must come from an energy that is higher than the problem. Ergo, if we want real change, we must access a part of us that is bigger than the mind. Surrendering and silencing the mind will promote the awareness that we are more than our mind, and we are not bound by its limitation and control over our consciousness. Surrender is for everyone. The technology that surrender puts us into touch with is built into us all, and our expanding consciousness is the result – awareness. Awareness is the reason, the birthright of everyone: the young and the old, the unreligious and the religious, the uneducated and the educated. Surrender is a natural state for anyone to achieve and maintain. The nature of life itself begins to transform as the ego-mind’s dominance over the spirit recedes. Feelings become clearer, truth becomes more evident, regular guidance seems more accessible; miracles seem less miraculous and more ordinary; and a deeper love and trust in ourselves is the natural result of this ever-growing connection that we nurture as we evolve through surrender and being present. Be courageous. Surrender to what is. Accept the flow. Silence your mind. Raise your awareness. Evolve your consciousness. Fall more in love with yourself. Follow your joy and guidance – all in that order, if you wish. Observe the connection between the ego-mind’s inability to surrender control compared to the freedom available beyond its self-imposed limitation. Life wants to give you everything that you will allow yourself to receive. With the natural relinquishment of fear through surrender, trust becomes easy, and love naturally rushes in to meet you as you go higher with Source. ©2008 by Todd Schaefersoulsolutionshealing.com/learnabouttodd.html Headquarters Newsletter Forum Team Blog Write For Us Subscriptions Translate this post: http://translate. google.com/ translate_ t Copyright 2008. All Rights Reserved. Authors are available to contact at http://soulsolution shealing. com. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ On this day of your life, dear friend, I believe God wants you to know...
....that you are perfect just the way you are.
Yes, yes, I know...you and I have lots of the same
judgments about ourselves. But you know what? God
holds none of these judgments.
If you saw yourself as God sees you, you would smile
a lot.
So smile. And go forth now into your day, sharing the
wonder of Who You Are and who you now choose to
be. For we are blessed in you.
Love, Your Friend....Join the June 26th Teleclass- "Letting Go Of Your Ego"- Click Below www.nealedonaldwalsch.com/index.php?p=Doc&c=teleclasses
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jun 27, 2008 15:23:33 GMT 4
WORK IN PROCESS
Hey Folks, I'm currently working on a new post here. I don't know how long this one will take, so please be patient with me. I realize that I've not been posting as frequently as you may have come to expect here and at the rest of the forum. I'm sorry for this but my own progress is vital to me and the forum, at times, gets in the way of it, as does the guilt of not posting. This guilt and current worries that I have been generating serve no purpose but to pull me backwards.....It is my wish to share this insight with you, so stay tuned and come back later...I haven't been thinking clearly!!!! Soon, Michelle Back Again! Refreshed and with a revitalized sense of humor, bringing you today's post, which I've titled:Time to Clean Up Your Act and Quit Obsessing
Or, in the words of my 1960's guru: "What, Me Worry?!" -Alfred E. Newman....Mad Magazine's cultural iconCrap, have I been on a roller coaster of self sabotaging fear and doubt!!!! You all know that I have lived with certain financial challenges which have been difficult to bear. I'm not going to engage in the 'Money Talk' again and I have only done so before to show you that life's difficulties and Karma can be overcome, or at least dealt with, without the pain of victimization. No one is a victim in this world. We, as Souls, set up certain life experiences in order to gain in understanding and knowledge. Through my own circumstances, I have come to understand what's truly important in life and to KNOW that I always have all that I really NEED, right in front of me. I've also learned that if I only Trust the Universe and its laws of attraction, I will be taken care of, and that SIMPLICITY is one of the keys to living a harmonious life on Earth.
But I recently slipped backward, and I take full responsibility for that. Through a friend's efforts, I have just been given an opportunity to gain much security as to where and how I'm going to live; this has been a constant 'Wolf at My Door' type fear, when I would fret upon it. Anyway, this great opportunity was plunked down in front of me which was so close to what I have wished for that you would think that I would feel great joy for this manifestation of mine. But did I? Hell no! I disregarded the words of Master DK in the last post here where he said: "....restrain your mind from obsessing on how terrible the next moment could be." You see, My wish didn't come in exactly the way I envisioned it and I played the 'Goldilocks drama', saying this is too this or too that. Folks, the Universe gives us our wishes through the best way possible, which may not be how we see it. And if you are staying centered in integrity, it will be given to you so that none are harmed or disadvantaged by your wish.
I also messed with my wish through the following: Over the past years, particularly in the last months, I have been nudged with messages to tie up many loose ends hanging from my old life. Well, ya know what? I played the grasshopper as in 'The Grasshopper and the Ant' story and didn't push myself through my own lethargy and procrastination which have caused me much trouble throughout my life. When the channeled messages speak of ways we are in denial, this is one of my own areas were I have caused many difficulties for myself....No one to blame here, but my own inaction. OK, now I quit beating myself up for that, forgive myself, and correct the tendency in myself, NOW! I also have to deal with the situations I have allowed to happen as a spiritual adult, or in this case, maybe a spiritual teenager who just realized we're responsible for the effects of our own actions.
I'll now present quite a few things for you to read and give you some methods you can use to clean up sabotaging thought forms from your aura which is imperative for you to do in order to make contact with your Soul Self.
Wishing You Benefit from My Lessons, Michelle
The first is from suzancaroll@multidimensions.com I avoided looking at this one, but at this time understand it completely!!! Read it closely and pay heed to the methods she gives for RECALIBRATING OUR CONSCIOUSNESS.....You can literally breathe your way thru any difficulty!JUNE 2008CREATION OF HOLOGRAPHIC EARTH In dimensions far beyond the confines of time and space we, the collective consciousness of those who would be Earth, decided to project a holographic program into the lower dimensions. Within our holographic reality, every part of the hologram would contain all the information possessed by the whole. Hence, each one of us has an innate connection to the Oness in which we exist.* *(With the growing knowledge of quantum physics, the concept of third dimensional reality being a hologram is not unique. David Bohm, one of quantum physic's early advocates, states, "objective reality does not exist, that despite its apparent solidity, the universe is at heart a phantasm, a gigantic and splendidly detailed hologram.") The hologram of life on planet Earth has four dimensions. The first dimension is the foundation for this projection, and those who wished to experience being the body of the planet chose to project a small portion of their multidimensional consciousness into the first dimension. These creators became Earth's lithosphere, which is Earth's land. Other creators wanted the experience of being the waterway, and they projected a small portion of the light of their consciousness into the second dimension to experience being all the solid, liquid and gaseous water of Earth's hydrosphere. Still others chose the experience of being mobile creatures of form, so they projected their consciousness into the third dimension of Earth's hologram to create the biosphere which contains all of the planet's living things. Finally, other creators chose the experience of being Elementals, Faeries, or the myriad other mutable creatures, so they projected a small segment of their conscious into the fourth dimension to create the many layers of Earth's atmosphere. Each of the four dimensions was created to have many octaves and each octave, or sub-plane, represented a slightly different version of the same reality within each dimension of the hologram. Gaia, Mother Earth, is the "motherboard" who runs and maintains all the holographic projections for all the foundations of her planet, as well as for all the beings who inhabit her plant and animal kingdoms. Father Sky's formless light serves as the "electricity" to keep the holographic projection activated and connected to the motherboard. The fourth dimension and all its inhabitants serves to connect the first three dimensions of the hologram to the fifth dimension and beyond. In order for those of us who have logged onto the holographic program (incarnated on planet Earth) to experience the different dimensions, as well as the many different sub-frequencies of every reality on each dimension, we focus our intention on either the higher or lower dimensional light to raise or lower the resonance of our desired experience. If we wish to experience life on a higher dimension, such as the fourth dimension, or a higher frequency version of our third dimensional life, we can choose to focus on and download higher frequency light. On the other hand, if we wish to experience a lower frequency, we can choose to focus on and take in a lower frequency of light. To experience the first and second dimension, we can connect with Gaia, and She will assist us in the joining with Her body. CHOOSING OUR REALITY To travel up and down the many frequency versions of our third dimensional experience, we can focus on love or focus on fear. If we focus on and accept love and peace, we automatically take in higher frequency light, and if we focus on and accept fear and conflict, we automatically take in lower frequency light. All the dimensions and frequencies of light are intelligent and creative. Therefore, when we consciously choose to take in light, we automatically activate an innate intelligence which resonates to the same frequency of light to which we are attending. We choose (either consciously or unconsciously) a reality by calibrating our consciousness to the frequency of that reality. The higher frequencies of light create a consciousness which desires unity with the Oneness of the higher dimensions, whereas the lower frequencies create a consciousness which desires individuality and separation from the higher dimensions. One of our goals as the creators of the life-on-planet-Earth hologram is to experience the individuality of the third dimension, then return to our place of projection in the fifth dimension and beyond, maintaining our sense of individuality while also enjoying the total unity of the One of the higher worlds. This task has proven to be far more difficult than we anticipated. From our vast unity consciousness in the higher dimensional worlds, we did not realize how the sensate pleasures and experiences of the physical world would lull us into total forgetfulness of our true SELF, as well as forgetfulness that our reality is actually a holographic projection from the fifth dimension and beyond. Because of this, many of us have lost all contact with our higher consciousness and believe that we are only the container (our earth vessel). We have forgotten our multidimensional, creator SELF who has projected only a very small point of its consciousness into the hologram of life on the four dimensions of Earth. When we feel separate from our true Multidimensional SELF, we also begin to feel separate from others and even from our motherboard—Earth. This feeling of separation creates fear which forces us to focus our attention on the lower dimensional light. With our attention on the lower frequency light instead of our Multidimensional SELF, we slip further and further into the lower frequency versions of life on planet Earth. Due to all the fear and separation within the lower frequency realities, we create great disharmony within our self and with other people, as well as with the planet and her many creatures. This disharmony has thrown our reality off the balance and created much damage and destruction. In order to repair the damage we have created within our holographic projection, we need to harmonize the many dissonant energy patterns in our personal and planetary matrix. To do so, we must take in higher frequency light so that we can expand our consciousness beyond the individuality consciousness of our third dimensional, container self and into the unity consciousness of our Multidimensional, Creator SELF. THE MAYAN CALENDAR We, the creators of this holographic projection, did suspect that our "game" may be more difficult than we could gauge, so we built in a start date and a stop date, which is documented by the Mayan Calendar. The original Mayans where fully awakened beings who could see that those who were playing the 3D Game of Life would need a road map to assist them in the return to their true, Creator SELF. This "map" shows how we are meant to expand our consciousness which each of our evolutionary markers, so that we can transform ourselves back into our Cosmic, Creator SELF when we are ready to "log-out" of the hologram and/or create a new hologram by our "end date." Exact length according to ancient Maya Beginning date Initiation Resulting state of Consciousness End date 13 x 20 kin = 260 days 11/2 2011 Transformation Cosmic 28/10 2011 13 x 360 kin = 4 680 days 5/1 1999 IT Revolution Galactic 28/10 2011 13 x 7 200 kin = 93 600 days 1755 Industrialism Planetary 28/10 2011 13 x 144 000 kin = 1 872 000 days 16/6 3115 B.C. Writing National 28/10 2011 13 x 2 880 000 kin = 37 440 000 days 100 500 B.C. Spoken Language Cultural 28/10 2011 13 x 57 600 000 kin = 748 800 000 days 2 048 000 B.C. Human Beings Tribal 28/10 2011 13 x 1 152 000 000 kin = 14 976 000 000 days 40 998 000 B.C. Monkeys Family 28/10 2011 13 x 23 040 000 000 kin = 299 520 000 000 days 819 998 000 B.C. Complex Life Individual 28/10 2011 13 x 460 800 000 000 kin = 5 990 400 000 000 days 16.4 Billion B.C. Matter Cellular 28/10 2011 From Carl Johan Callemen www.calleman.com/content/pyramid_of_consciousness.htm[Note: the above chart didn't copy in form, click above to see...M]As can be seen in the above calendar, the longest time years were at the beginning of the planetary experience when we had just entered matter. At this point there was no individual consciousness at all. Then, in the next five stages (Individual Consciousness/Complex life through National Consciousness/writing) we were learning to focus our Individual Consciousness using our Beta-wave consciousness to better organize and move through our expanding orb of responsibility. At first we were learning to be responsible for our individual self, then our families, then our tribe, then our culture, and finally, our nation. For an empowered Individual Consciousness, we need to focus our attention using our Beta-wave Consciousness. To experience Planetary Consciousness, we need to be able to access our Alpha-wave consciousness, for Galactic Consciousness we need to access our Theta-wave consciousness and for Cosmic Consciousness we need to access our Delta-wave consciousness. It is our Cosmic, Delta-wave consciousness that will activate the full memory of our true SELF, as well as all that we have learned in our sojourn into the world of matter. We will then return to full awareness of the inter-dimensional traveler, whom we have always been, and have more choices of reality then we can even imagine from a lower state of consciousness. (For more about states of consciousness, please click: www.multidimensions.com/Conscious/con_body_states.htmlAs can be seen above, the expansion of our consciousness is far off schedule. We definitely achieved an industrialized society, but it did not prove to create a united, Planetary Consciousness. In fact, with our better machines, we created greater devastation through our many wars. Then, the wars created more fear to lower our consciousness and push us into yet lower frequency visions of our third dimensional reality. The same holds true for our IT Revolution. WE have again expanded our physical accomplishments, but our consciousness has not expanded in a corresponding manner. Many of the participants of our hologram have only sporadically experienced Planetary Consciousness. Fortunately, more and more people are beginning to embrace Planetary Consciousness, although many are still stuck in Cultural and National Consciousness. Therefore, those of us who have expanded our being to feel a responsibility, not only for our planet but also for our Galaxy and our Cosmos, are being called upon to assist this process of return to SELF. When we expand our consciousness, we simultaneously expand our sense of self to embrace more and more of our reality. Our reality has moved through the evolutionary markers, but it has not remembered to accept a higher frequency of light into its holographic being with each accomplishment. In other words, our SELF-esteem has not caught up with our accomplishments. Self-esteem is gained through owning our victories and accepting the greater responsibility that comes with each accomplishment. We can raise our self-esteem by owning, attending to, the higher frequency light. The spirit, intelligence and creative force of this higher frequency light will then assist us in remembering our true, Creator SELF so that we can move out of the illusion that we are just a third dimensional human. When we first chose to lower a portion of our being into this hologram, we had to take in lower and frequencies dimensions of light (spirit, intelligence, creativity) to ground our being in the hologram of matter. Now, as we return to our true SELF, we will transmute this matter so that it can also resonate to its innate, higher frequency of light. Humanity's challenge is to stay in love and release fear, as love creates a sense of safety and unity, which expands our consciousness, and fear creates a sense of anxiety and separation, which constricts our consciousness. Our aura literally expands to share love and constricts to protect our body from the source of fear. DOWNLOADING OUR NEW OPERATING SYSTEM As we download the higher dimensional light into our consciousness, we must slowly and carefully integrate it into our earth vessel so that we do not overload our body and cause it damage. In other words, when we "download" the higher frequency light into our holographic/computer body, we must "open the file" and allow it to integrate into all the old files. Downloading this higher light is much like downloading a new Operating System. The old Operating System is basically survival-based, Beta-wave consciousness in which our control center (our locus of control) is outside of our sense of self. The new Operating System, which we are currently downloading, is based on an Alpha-wave consciousness (and beyond, into Theta-wave and Delta-wave) in which our locus of control is within our ever-expanding sense of SELF. Just as a computer is not operational while it is changing its Operating System, our ability to function in mundane life is diminished while we are in the process of changing our Operating System. The long process of downloading the higher frequency light of our Soul/SELF into our consciousness and our earth vessel has created may symptoms of transformation in our body, our behavior and in the reality that we are constantly creating. Therefore, many of us are feeling very fatigued and wish only to take a break and live a calmer, more peaceful life. This feeling is one of the first signs that our new Operating System is integrating into our old files of work hard and suffer long. KEEPING IN THE QUIET While undergoing our transformation, it is best that we keep our process in the "quiet." A project that is not completed is best kept inside the creator's mind. A pregnancy that has not come full term needs to be protected like an egg that has not yet hatched, and a house that is not finished is not suitable for inviting guests. Just as a four cylinder car cannot run on jet fuel or a low voltage socket cannot support a 250W bulb without short circuiting the system, our earth vessel cannot initially tolerate the higher frequency light. Therefore, we are being re-wired so that the home of our SELF can tolerate and function with a higher frequency of light. Since we are required to remain functional during our change into a new Operating System, we must fool our body into believing that everything is the same, while we are simultaneously transforming it to accept a vibration of light far beyond its former capacitance. Constant contact with our true, Creator SELF is important so that its unconditional love and higher light can serve as a balance for the fear and lower light of our everyday reality. Our Soul/SELF is much like a loving parent who holds their child's bicycle from behind until the child gains enough confidence to believe that they are riding the bike themselves. The parent lets go when that balance is found. Our body is gradually finding and keeping its own balance. However, in our case, our Soul/SELF does not release the bike, but instead, jumps on to it with us. It is the knowledge that our every moment is shared with our SELF that allows us to balance the many mundane responsibilities with the long process of our personal transformation. As the speed of our transformation advances, our balance is vital, as we must live within our core in order to maintain a constant connection with our SELF who holds the manual for care and maintenance of our new Operating System. During our integration of the higher frequency light of our new Operating System, we will find that just as there are many different frequencies of reality, there are also many different frequencies of our self, which range from our trapped, victim, survival self to our fully awakened, multidimensional, Soul/SELF. Our new Operating System pulls the locus of control out of our survival self (who functions primarily with Beta-wave consciousness) and into our fully-awakened SELF (who functions from our higher states of consciousness). When our locus of control is in the Beta-wave consciousness of our victim, survival self, our choices of reactions are extremely limited and the solutions to our ongoing dilemmas seem far away and/or impossible. Our old Operating System was based on the belief that our source of "electricity" (locus of control) was outside our self, whereas our new Operating System is based on the belief that our locus of control is within our true, multidimensional SELF, who is now within our earth vessel rather than above it. In other words, to activate our new Operating System and integrate it into our earthly self, we need to remember our Creator Self. To function from the core of our SELF, we need to stay in the consciousness of Alpha-wave and beyond. In Alpha-wave consciousness, we live from the center of our creative force and primarily give our attention to the higher frequency light and the holographic projection of that frequency which resonates to love, intelligence and creativity. Unfortunately, there are still many who actually enjoy fear and treasure the ability to work hard. Hence, it is best if we protect our process by staying in the quiet until we are fully operational. To boast of our process or even to discuss it with those who cannot support us, can throw us off balance, as the force of their doubt can ignite a small germ of doubt within us. This doubt in our process could interfere with the completion of our integration process. Doubt in our process of transformation back into our true Creator Self is our worst enemy, as it allows fear to seep into our consciousness and lower our Alpha-wave consciousness and beyond back into the collective, Beta-wave consciousness. We will then return to the Operating System of hard work to achieve our ego driven goals over time. There is no amount of effort that can support our transformation back to our Soul/SELF. Instead, we need to live in trust that the Flow of our Multidimensional SELF surrounds us in every moment. When our locus of control is in our fully awakened multidimensional SELF, we live in unity and detached compassion with all life—the primary premise of our new Operating System. RECALIBRATING OUR CONSCIOUSNESS Modern day awakened ones no longer live cloistered lives as we did in our past incarnations. Therefore, we often do not have the support of a system or group to protect us while we are in-between who we were and who we are becoming. Without this support, it is easy for us to doubt our SELF and abort our process when the challenges of daily life become overwhelming. Our consciousness will then drop and we will fall out of Alpha-wave consciousness and all the spiritual, intelligent, creative solutions that it can offer. When this occurs, as surely it will in the midst of daily life, our best course of action is to remind ourselves that our consciousness has dropped, and before we go on, we need to first raise our consciousness back to Alpha-wave and beyond. If we believe we are trapped in a situation which will not allow us to raise our consciousness, we know that (a) we have gone too long without connecting with our multidimensional SELF, (b) we are in the midst of a major purging and/or are experiencing an initiation to release our old Operating System and replace it with the new one or (c) we are being called upon to give service in a lower frequency reality. Whatever the reason, our first course of action is to breathe deeply and slowly so that we can stay out of the fear and slowly return to our higher consciousness. If we believe we are forced to act from a lower state of consciousness, or if we cannot help ourselves, we can send a call for help up to our higher dimensional SELF to assist us until we can again raise our consciousness. When we return to our higher resonance, it is helpful to take a moment of reflection to de-brief so that we can (a) learn more about how to notice sooner when we are falling out of the balance of our SELF, (b) anticipate our impending purging and initiations in order to move through them in a loving, safe environment and (c) keep our higher frequency SELF around us like a space suit when we are called upon to give service in a lower frequency reality. As we enter the photon belt, our new Operating System will be able to easily perceive the different frequencies of reality, as well as the different frequencies of our SELF. These enhanced perceptions, which are activated by the higher frequency light, will assist us in finding solutions that were not available to our old Operating System which only accesses our five physical senses. Our enhanced consciousness will activate our expanded mental and emotional abilities to find a vast array of actions and solutions that were not previously available while in our lower states of consciousness. To incorporate our new Operating System into our mundane reality, we need to remember that no amount of hard work can support our new Operating System. We no longer need a stronger horse to pull our cart, as we now have an engine inside of it. (for more about the photon belt, click www.multidimensions.com/Conscious/con_spiritual_venusians.htmlIn order to return to SELF, we must release, allow, surrender and Flow from the core of our being, our high heart and our opened third eye. If our consciousness has the inner locus of control of Alpha-wave and beyond, we can remain centered in the Flow. It is then that our body will respond by being centered in the process of transformation of our thoughts, emotions, body, organs, atoms and DNA. In this center balance is a passageway, much like the passageway for the electrical current that flows through our brain, our spinal cord and into each nerve to guide our every thought and action. In this manner, our bodies are supported from within so that our new Operating System can completely integrate into our earth vessel and upgrade it to accept, and use, the higher frequency light. With our consciousness fixed in Alpha-wave consciousness and beyond, we can be aware of our ongoing rewiring and shift in Operating Systems. We are then able to better tolerate the calibration back to our higher resonance that is necessary after an unscheduled "downshift" into the old mode of Beta-wave consciousness. What if we were driving on the freeway in fifth gear at 60mph and we suddenly decided to downshift directly into second gear? What would happen to our car? This metaphor is similar to what happens to our bodies when we are traveling the highway of fifth dimensional light in Alpha, Theta or Delta-brainwaves and must suddenly downshift into third dimensional Beta-waves. As we know, the reality in which we live will demand this downshift, so we must prepare our vehicle by staying centered. Also, staying in alignment with the fifth dimensional ONE is the ultimate protection necessary for our ego's sudden down-shift into fear, stress and hard work. If we can align our self at the beginning of each day, it is much like downloading new virus protection each time we start our computer. Also, we must protect our perceptions of reality by calibrating our perceptual filter to screen out the triggers of fear which constantly threaten to lower our consciousness. We can rest assured that our body will create a flood of adrenalin if a real emergency arises. When we feel trapped by stress and work, we can remember that our outer world is an illusion, a holographic projection that we are actually creating from our true, Creator Self in the fifth dimension and beyond. There are many versions of our reality running in as many frequencies as we can allow ourselves to perceive. Once we raise our consciousness to perceive these higher frequency versions of our reality, we can choose to log-out of the lower frequency reality and log-into the higher frequency reality. MORNING CALIBRATION MEDITATION Take three long, slow, deep breaths FOCUS on the core of your body
With your exhale longer than you inhale Take three more deep breaths
Take a moment to give thanksgiving for anything in your life that you are enjoying Breathe IN that thanksgiving, Hold it in your heart, Breathe OUT love
Stay in that moment of enJOYment and LOVE Breathe IN Joy Hold it in your heart, Breathe OUT Love
The above breaths and feelings will activate your Alpha-wave consciousness Visualize how your day will be if lived in this state of consciousness
Slowly open you eyes See how long you can hold this state of consciousness
Notice the stressors that lower your consciousness Take three slow breaths, with the exhale longer than the inhale to:
Breathe IN Joy and Love from the morning to re-calibrate your consciousness Breathe OUT all stress and fear
When you start your day with Alpha-wave consciousness you can more easily return to it in the midst of your hectic schedule STAYING IN ALPHA When we maintain an Alpha-wave and beyond state of consciousness, we become a portal of light, a vortex through which the higher frequencies of light can enter the matrix of our physical reality. The higher frequencies of light that are becoming increasingly abundant as we move deeper and deeper into the photon belt are gradually and safely recalibrating our personal and planetary reality. The photon belt gives us a chance to re-start our hologram of light, so that we can release our old Operating System and more fully integrate the new Operating System. Once we have fully downloaded and opened the file for a new Operating System, we must "re-start our computer" before it is fully operational. Many of us who are incarnated at this time have logged into this hologram for many incarnations. We have chosen to be here now to assist in our personal and planetary re-start, upgrade our personal and planetary Operating System without destroying our old system, allow our earth vessel to gradually accept more higher dimensional light, and then ground this light into the body of land which we have (consciously or unconsciously) volunteered to transmute into its higher dimensional counterpart. We have also volunteered to raise our consciousness to Planetary Consciousness so that we can be full partners with Gaia. In return, Gaia will assist us by sharing her integrated light with us and by connecting us to all the persons, places and beings on her body. Gaia serves as a central hub for the entire matrix of life on Earth. When we are in our innate Planetary Consciousness, we are ONE with Gaia and can call upon Her to incorporate us into Her greater family, Her galaxy. In this way, we can expand our consciousness to Galactic Consciousness. Many of us now receive messages from intergalactic beings, as well as Angels and Elohim who soar through our cosmic reality. It is through these communications that our consciousness expands to Cosmic Consciousness, which awakens the full memory of our inter-dimensional traveler SELF. Many of us who have awakened are no longer just resonating to third dimensional Earth, but to fourth dimensional Earth and with fifth dimensional Oness, as well. Our past incarnations no longer need to be replayed, as we have resolved many of our outstanding issues. By integrating the higher light of our Multidimensional SELF, we have been able to move through many of our personal symptoms of transformation and realize that many of the planetary disasters are symptoms of Gaia's planetary transformation. We know that we are here to assist in this major recalibration by slowly, yet surely, integrating higher and higher frequencies of light into our body and into the body of our planet. When we can remain in Alpha-wave consciousness and beyond, we can stay in detached compassion during the symptoms of planetary transformation, which are now, and will continue, to occur. In detached compassion, we can see that Gaia is slowly and safely releasing the lower frequencies of reality (the old planetary Operating System) and replacing them with the harmony of the higher frequencies of reality (the new planetary Operating System). With our expanded consciousness, we are able to consciously perceive higher frequency versions of the game of life on planet earth. These perceptions are important, for how can we choose a reality that we cannot see? What if we went into a store blindfolded? How would we be able to choose what we want? However, even when are "blindfolded," we can always choose to surrender to the flow of the ONE to ride the Flow into the reality that calls our heart. In this manner, even when we feel trapped in struggle and conflict, we can catch the wave of peace and love by surrendering to the call of our heart and allowing our reality to be carried into a higher frequency. SURRENDERING TO HEART'S CALL Take a long moment to allow yourself to hear the call of your heart Feel the frequency of love of your heart's call
Think of something, someone or someplace that you love Allow the feeling of that love to fill your heart
Allow this love into the areas of your life in which you feel trapped or uncreative:
Visualize a dry desert upon which nothing can grow Now see a small trickle of life-giving water
Watch as the water flows into the lifeless desert See how this water leaves patches of green wherever it flows
Now, call upon the support of your Creator Self To recalibrate your hologram to a higher frequency of reality
Visualize a gentle rain of higher frequency light Observe how this rain of light turns the desert into a beautiful oasis
Seal this process into your unconscious mind To be replayed over and over throughout the day
Feel the areas of your life in which you feel in harmony with the higher light, Breathe in thanksgiving for this harmony
Take a long moment to imprint a continuous loop of constant thanksgiving To remember that:
Thanksgiving for the substance at hand will duplicate the substance indefinitely Happiness is not getting what you want, but wanting what you have.
FINAL NOTE It is vital that we do not discount our process by thinking we are "just sick, anxious or depressed." Yes, our transformation does often create these symptoms, and yes, we will call upon others to assist us during our process. However, if we diminish our process to only a physical or mental ailment, we keep it in a lower frequency reality. On the other hand, if we are constantly aware that we are changing Operating Systems, and neither our old nor our new system is fully operational, we can keep our conversion in the light of the higher frequency realities. When we keep our process in the higher light, we can more quickly and easily own our new Operating System and the higher frequency vessel and reality that it will activate. If we believe in our transformation in this way, even when it seems impossible, we can continue to remember that we are great, multidimensional creators who have decided that we are NOW ready to log-into a higher frequency reality. In this higher reality, fear and work are unnecessary because we resonate to a frequency of Unity and Flow of the ONE where joy, love, creativity, intelligence and spirit reign. Blessings to us all in our transformation back to SELF, Suzan Caroll For questions or comments please contact Suzan Caroll at: suzancaroll@multidimensions.com -*************** Speaking of THE MAYAN CALENDAR, check this out! My area made the FRONT PAGE of this Sunday's Pittsburgh Post Gazette! I wrote about my participation in last year's event during the Mayan Elder's visit to Pittsburgh, Here: airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=solutions&action=display&thread=144&page=2#2232 And here: airdance.proboards50.com/index.cgi?board=solutions&action=display&thread=138&page=7#1901
How cool is that?!...MSo how did the Point get on a Mayan calendar?Sunday, June 22, 2008 By Ann Rodgers, Pittsburgh Post-Gazette The Mayan world tree A road map to the Point?The fountain in Point State Park is a place to play and to soak in cool mist on a hot day. But to Vikki Hanchin and a local network of spiritually eclectic devotees, it is also a sacred place, a portal between Earth and heaven that they find depicted in the ancient Maya calendar. According to that calendar, a new age is predicted to begin in 2012. Before that time, these local believers say, the aquifer feeding the fountain will develop miraculous healing powers. The Maya, who flourished in southern Mexico and Central America from 2500 B.C. to 800 A.D., believed that certain places on Earth matched constellations in the sky, and were portals between this world and heaven. These Pittsburghers today believe that the confluence of the three rivers at the Point, together with the "underground river" that feeds the fountain, are an exact match for the "Tree of Life" or "World Tree" that the Maya saw at the center of the Milky Way. That, they say, makes it a very important portal to another world. Ms. Hanchin, a psychotherapist from Swissvale, inadvertently became the spokeswoman for the network when she wrote about it in the local bimonthly magazine Point of Light. "The more I have sat with this material, I have asked myself, 'Why is this coming to us? Why me?' " she said. She says her interest in integrating ideas from different faiths -- her parents practiced an array of beliefs, from Rosicrucianism to Eckankar, when she was growing up in the '60s -- led her to the Maya. Their complex hieroglyphic calendar depicts an accelerating series of epochs, one of which is set to end around 2012. Many doomsday scenarios have been constructed around that date. Ms. Hanchin believes the next age will be one of peace and renewed harmony between humanity and nature. "The idea is that planetary consciousness would go through a great, evolutionary leap. It disturbs me that the media was making it into a fear-mongering thing about the end of the world," she said. Meadowcroft connectionBut if confluence of the four rivers is depicted on the calendar, how did the ancient Maya come to know about it? Here's her thinking: The Meadowcroft Rockshelter, just south of Pittsburgh, is the oldest known human settlement in North America, dating back about 16,000 years. What if its inhabitants had migrated South, like a prehistoric Steeler Nation, carrying a cultural memory of the Point? She envisions them leaving a trail of burial mounds as they went, with their descendents eventually arriving in the Yucatan to become the great pyramid builders of the Maya. She discovered that a local mystic and spiritual healer, Nance Stewart, of Valencia, had had visions of just such a migration, with ancient humans crossing on a glacier and settling in Meadowcroft before moving south to the Yucatan. Ms. Stewart, a retired crisis intervention worker, believes the heavenly portal at the Point is why Pittsburgh has been the birthplace of so many things, from the first Hindu temple in the United States to the Catholic charismatic movement. In the vision, Ms. Stewart saw that the confluence at the Point was one of 12 portals worldwide -- some of the countries where others are located include Australia, China and Israel -- "that would bring universal light." Before 2012, she said, the aquifer feeding the fountain, known as the Wisconsin Glacial Flow, will produce healing waters so powerful that people will come from all over the world. "It will be something like Lourdes," she said. She says her visions showed modifications to the park that have only recently been done, making it more accessible to wheelchairs. "I think the city fathers were guided to prepare Point State Park as a place where people can go to receive physical healing. We are all being guided, but we don't really know the whole plan," she said. Skeptics weigh inSuch visions don't convince academics who study the ancient Americas. James Adovasio, director of the Mercyhurst Archaeological Institute, led the Meadowcroft excavation. He calls the theory that the Maya came from here "far-fetched." He said it is impossible to link Meadowcroft to any group because there is no evidence one way or the other. The Indian mounds between here and Mexico mean little because it was a logical way to bury the dead that many groups might have devised independently. "We don't know who [the Meadowcroft dwellers] are except that they ultimately came from northeastern Asia," he said. "They may or may not have had any genetic progeny who migrated south. They may have become locally extinct and have no descendents today." Olivier de Montmollin, a University of Pittsburgh archaeologist specializing in the Maya, said there is little resemblance between the beliefs of these Pittsburghers and those of the ancient Maya. Some North Americans "are attracted to aspects of Maya religion, and kind of mash them together with ideas from western religions to create what is essentially a new religion," he said. Most modern Maya are Catholics or Protestants who integrate vestiges of Maya religion into their Christian faith, he said. "The Maya living in Central America today aren't really into [the 2012 prophesies] as far as I can tell," he said. "That is not part of their religion. The vast excitement about the big cycle is more in North America." He's not impressed with the configuration of the Point. "The Maya idea about portals is that there are lots of them in lots of places," he said. "The Maya people today think of their own village as the center of the world. They are kind of ethnocentric -- like we all are. The residents of Pittsburgh think it's the greatest city ever." Blessing the watersBut Ms. Hanchin cites support from an influential Maya elder, Don Alejandro Oxlaj, who offered prayers at the inauguration of Guatemala's president and is described as a high priest and "grand elder of the Mayan Council of Elders of Guatemala" and "Day Keeper of the Mayan Calendar." After learning of her article about Pittsburgh and the Maya, he came to visit in December, and blessed the waters at the Point. He envisioned the city having many worries, but also many good people and predicted that "solutions are coming for these serious problems," according to an oracle he gave to the city of Pittsburgh during his visit that was distributed by Ms. Hanchin and others. Speaking of the waters at the Point, he said, "The rivers show us oneness, with the understanding that all life flows to the ocean, to the source. ... The rivers show us this unity that is the future. ... Mayan prophecy tells us the dawn is coming for this unity. This is the predicted time of the return of the Ones of Wisdom." Fernando Cardoza, a board member of Pittsburgh's Latin American Cultural Union, said that among Latinos, Don Alejandro is regarded as "the Dalai Lama of the Mayan tradition" because of his message of reconciliation. Mr. Cardoza said he is drawn less to the mystic aspect of Don Alejandro's teachings than to his practical message of care for the earth and reconciliation among all people. "He said yes, indeed there are prophecies that refer to the alignment of the rivers here in Pittsburgh. But the essential part of the message that I picked up is that you people in Pittsburgh can choose to do something to make a better future," he said. "He said that if your leaders want to do this for the higher good, your city is going to be a powerhouse." Be thankful for the riversMs. Hanchin isn't asking anyone to practice the Maya religion. She believes all faiths encourage people to be thankful for the rivers and use them as places of prayer. That is all that is called for, she said. "Western culture has been cut off from the wisdom of nature," she said. "It's gotten lost in an overly materialistic way of life. The imbalance is such that it threatens our survival. "The messages about the rivers remind us to reconnect with our sacred geology and to reconnect with the ancient, indigenous wisdom of how to live in harmony with the Earth." The only preparations Pittsburghers need make for 2012 are things they should do anyway, Ms Stewart said. "We need to spend as much time on our spiritual hygiene as we do on our physical hygiene. That means taking time for prayer or meditation, and practicing nonjudgment and unconditional love," she said. "If all the people in this area did that, that would prepare them for whatever is going to come tomorrow, or in an hour." Ms. Stewart's Web site is www.twinmiracle.com. Ann Rodgers can be reached at arodgers@post-gazette.com or 412-263-1416. First published on June 22, 2008 at 12:00 amSource: www.post-gazette.com/pg/08174/891772-52.stm****************** New one from Karen Bishop, I 'grok' this one too...MJune 23 , 2008 CREATING OUR SANCTUARIES AND STAYING PUT
Greetings! Our spiritual evolutionary process is progressing ever forward with many varied and diverse manifestations….and still a wild ride at times! Present, past and continuous themes of how the energies might possibly affect us are (depending on where you are on your own particular journey): Feeling boxed in with nowhere to go; not wanting or able to connect to much of the old and outside world; much chaos, movement and many challenges for our loved ones; desires in ourselves or our loved ones to relocate to areas of more support; a letting go of supporting others or holding up the old energies; a readiness to now move forward and create some of the new; feeling tired with the need to sleep often and a need for rest; lower back pain; feelings of panic; feeling a strange shift forward into a desire for a new and prepared space for nesting; and perhaps just feeling a swirling around us of moving energy which is trying to find its new home, whether here on earth or in a lower vibrating reality. The energies are escalating now and this is creating much movement in many areas. The solstice and full moon resulted in a new anchor arriving…and this new anchor of higher vibrating energy has to do with the earth herself. The ascension process is really about ascending through the earth…so then, we will want to hold onto the earth and her newly vibrating energies as much as possible if we want to ensure a more stable and aligned journey. More details on the continuous themes presenting themselves now and for the past several weeks and months: The old and lower vibrating energies are rapidly falling away. If we continue to be in their space, if only by our presence alone, then we will only serve to keep them afloat awhile longer. This will hinder the process and delay it as well as serve to make us very uncomfortable along with those we are trying to assist. Hitting rock bottom for many will be the only way up and out. This can be a very challenging situation for those bearing much light, as in the worlds where we originated, we only know ways of assistance, service, deep caring, support, and love for our brothers and sisters. Watching suffering can be a deep and uncomfortable challenge indeed, but it can also be about honoring and respecting the journey of another. If we wait but a bit longer without going to the rescue of many, those suffering will find their own answers within, find their own connections to Source instead of to us, begin to make changes, ask for help, and begin to see that there is indeed another way. Those suffering need to come to a place where they are finally willing to let go. And when they let go, they will need to know that there is indeed a place for them to go to. And that place is where those bearing more light and those who have come far in their process are now residing. As we evolve up the rungs of the evolutionary ladder of our spiritual expansion, it is vitally important to respect and listen to our elders, or those who have gone ahead. Arriving in a new space while embodying an arrogant posture of false knowingness without letting go of ego energy, will now only serve to support an arrival into a new space with a door securely shut. The situation of spiritual and vibrational hierarchies can manifest as sudden feelings of not wanting to go anywhere outside of your immediate space (your soul is directing you to stay put, as your higher vibrating energy would lift up areas and individuals which need to fall or hit a rock bottom…even if you do absolutely nothing when you are visiting the old world…it is your higher vibrating presence alone). You may also find yourself being hindered from any attempts to move outside of your space. This also allows for others to step up to the plate, as you are no longer there or available. Roadblocks are being set into place to prohibit many of us from going back into the old dimensions. It is now time for us to focus on creating a new and higher vibrating space right where we are. In times past, many bearing much light were encouraged to relocate or perhaps found themselves in new geographical areas or the like, in order to raise the vibration and open these areas to a higher way of being. Now it is just the opposite. We need to stay put so that the lower vibrating arenas are not sustained and held up. Yes, we are now being encouraged to create our own sacred spaces and create our own small communities locally. Continuing to “go back” into the old will only serve to create failure for oneself, an inability to manifest, and a lot of roadblocks. We simply cannot go back now. And we must wait for others climbing up the ladder to ask for help, to be willing to accept a new and different way, and to be willing to be respectful of the new ways of being and living that will be available to them when they are indeed finally ready. They must ask first. They must be willing. We must now stay where we are until they knock on our doors. Some physical manifestations of late: Lower back pain. Lower back pain has manifested in many as a result from feeling little or no support while still residing in the old world of having to do it all yourself. Financial concerns and fears as the old is rapidly falling away, wondering how one will survive, and the like, can manifest in the area of our lower backs, and many times may even result in nerve pinching down a leg. If we can let go and trust that we are no longer in it alone, that we are not responsible for so much ourselves, and that we are simply in the process of settling into a very new space with new ways of manifesting, things can ease up a bit. You can even tell yourself that you do not need this physical manifestation as you understand what is going on without it telling you! Panic, anxiety, and fear. Much is leaving and the old ways and old structures are dissolving quickly. When we connect more and more to the higher realms, and can trust that we will be OK, we can ease this fear. What we will always have to hold onto is the pure gold nugget of our true and authentic selves (or our gifts and talents), and of course our connection to Source. These two things will be ever present throughout our ascension process. And this is why it is so vitally important to know who we are and what we are here to contribute to the whole. If our outside reality is not yet ready to support our very new endeavors, we can always continue on by ourselves until we hear that knock on the door. We can move into a space that feels right for us. We can create a new way which did not exist in the old world. We can stay vigilant in what we know is of a higher order, and not participate in anything less. It is when we become involved in the old and what no longer suits us that we begin to feel stress, discord, anxiety, turmoil, depression, and futility, as we are no longer in alignment with the old. Turning our backs on the old is the way to go now, and if we can allow ourselves to do this, we will feel a renewed power within ourselves and much more in alignment with a better space. We need to trust that we know more than the masses, that we know more than those still holding the power (although they are not), that we need not listen to the ideas and ways of others, and that we indeed know best. We need then to trust in ourselves. Leaving the old behind can create just this space for us now. And when others are ready, they will join us indeed. They will listen and join us because they have nowhere else to go. So then, preparing our new spaces and readying our store-fronts is where many are being guided to be at this particular time. These energies will continue to snowball as they build momentum. Connecting with our brothers and sisters, having face to face conversations in the physical, loving and respecting our neighbors as we are all part of a whole, and especially being aware of what is occurring around us will finally become the norm. The crashing world is only serving to support our next step up the evolutionary ladder and it is unfolding in a perfect and beautiful way indeed. www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time, Karen ************** End Note: I wanted to include more in this post, but I am running out of room. I will be back very soon with more related to what 's been posted here................................................................ Most likely a good thing too; I have to clean up more of my act today!!!! Hugs, Michelle
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jul 12, 2008 8:57:50 GMT 4
For Those of You Who Are Wondering: WHAT IN THE HECK IS GOING ON?! Part 1 of 2Hey, Folks, thanks for your patience in waiting for this post. I have been trying for weeks to get some of the following information to you.....it has been difficult to come back here and focus my thoughts and energy; I hope you'll soon understand why. Just as well as new messages continue to come in.
This 2 part post is rather long but necessary as time is speeding up for me [and you] and I have other things to attend to. As always, it is my intent that you find solace in the messages I post and my own thoughts and experiences.
There is now an energetic upshift occurring which is to last for quite some time. Bands of the higher realms vibrationally closest to 3D existence are being cleared of the dark energies, closer and closer to the realms of what we know as 3D existence. Earth is experiencing a vibrational upshift that will allow many more people to access a higher awareness than they have ever known. This is all well and good but realize that there are those dark forces in these higher realms who resist the clearing process and opt to descend further, closer in vibration to the human 3D realm. These dark entities have not given up their hopeless agenda, and will attempt to cause as much trouble as possible until they are removed and humanity moves to a higher vibrational state. Expect greater turmoil and instigation of international conflicts.
I said it is hard for me to post here, particularly at other threads, the fact of the matter is that much of it is beyond our control...anyone's. Social-economic and earth environment changes are underway that are beyond the ability of humanity to apply old approaches to address the consequences. There really can be no return to what has passed as 'normalcy' for a new way of functioning is demanded by changing conditions. This new way of functioning will only be successful if new consciousness is engaged in its development. I have and will attempt to find info for you further this development....And please, listen to your inner voice. You may think you must get channeled material, but do you realize that we all channel? YES YOU DO! What do you think your intuition is but prompting from your higher Self and guides? I assure you that your 'knowingness' can only increase in the coming years and changes.
Generally speaking, there are two types of changes, the external world most people identify as ordinary reality the other involving the inner or subtle world where the power of our true consciousness as spiritual beings reigns. The rise in spiritual consciousness across the planet will open new dimensions of existence beyond ordinary reality. For greater numbers of people, the breakdown of the 'control matrix' will provide opportunities for new community, new economies, and new governments. As more people come to experience a permanent shift in their perceptions, this process will accelerate. The greater the capacity that is achieved, the greater the rate of positive evolutionary change. The ongoing crises can propel humanity onward as it sorts out for itself what is truly important to its existence. The more this succeeds, and humanity manages to build capacity for positive change during the coming few years, the greater the likelihood that humanity can look forward to the next two generations giving rise to a new, more evolved humanity. Much depends on the choices made now. As long as humanity continues to define itself and identify with the control matrix and all that entails, there is very little that can be done to alter the course of events of earthchanges and upheavals in the social and economic and political systems under which most of humanity has seemingly been enslaved.
We have looked much at creating your own reality...believe in it, for as a more evolved humanity emerges on this Earth, they will tap the spiritual realms to help clean up pollution and address material wellbeing. In a future post, I will show you one instance in which polution has been cleared this way.
Over recent months, an unusual number of intuitives and psychically sensitive individuals have been noticing major earth changing events in the near future. These you can and do read about from your usual sources. Also, ongoing changes to the invisible energy structures that define reality at many levels mean radical alterations in consciousness and a basis for a sorting out of humanity. This is what we will be looking at today....the ride we're on is picking up speed and you need to understand what is happening.
Today's post will mostly deal with Earth's changing magnetic field and how it affects you. Believe me, it will affect you. I have been falling into sleeps throughout my days that are different from a nap. They are long and deep, and I don't know where I go during them, only that, in a sense, I'm 'not here'. At times, I have been aware of someone talking with me; one a man who when I described him to my more evolved son, said that he has seen this man in our home. One of my guides I would think, because I was first aware of him through his voice...I love his voice; it is familar and soothing. After I recognized his voice, I saw him. A very normal looking person, glasses, light hair and a mustache...dressed in blue jeans and 'down to earth'. I have had killer headaches and unexplained nausea also. This is what one who is 'sensitive' to the changes might expect.
For those who read here, know this: Humanity is to be woken up to the nature of existence and humanity’s place in Creation and you might find yourself explaining to another what you understand so far. Against the backdrop of social and planetary destructuring, a collective near death experience that is profoundly transformational is in the works. In this a vast altering of thought process occurs in which profound new choices are arrived at not through intellectual discourse or social conflict, but through a near instant recognition of what is best at an individual and eventually a collective level. To those in a relative ascended state, it will seem as if there are two realities. Some of those in the higher state of consciousness and or "physical" vibration may maintain a certain connection with their former "earthlingness" - and some will disconnect more completely. I will end the 2nd part of this post with an article on ascension which I hope will give you more clairity on this.
Now, on with your reading! Michelle------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ First up, Dr. Meg and The Masters have a message of special importance concerning our very essence becoming attuned to new and different frequencies; a bit difficult to understand, but as I said, there is much going on which is beyond our current comprehension.Online Messages July 11, 2008 Message from Dr. Meg:Greetings to each of you. The energies of late have been absolutely wild. The Mercury Retrograde was over late in June but you would never know it. People are in their stuff big time and others are shifting seriously. Communications have been severely challenged and electronics are not behaving normally, especially those things that have silicon chips or other chips which utilize electromagnetic energies. I have received many complaints of fatigue. The kind that you just can’t deny, that is causal to us just folding up with an urgent need to sleep. Sleep patterns are interrupted or unusually long. There have been reports of mild headaches that last for days. Appetites for food have changed dramatically with little desire for food and not at the “normal” times. Thought processes are becoming more and more holographic, seemingly confusing but filled with a multitude of information. A sense of lacking clarity appears to be prevalent as well. Electronic anomalies are on the up rise. Computers and other electronic equipment continue to act seemingly upon their own volitions. This can be frustrating! Make sure that you do not make any changes to your settings unless you know for certain that there is a problem at all. It may just be these intense energies causing the internal chips to respond anomalously. We appear to currently be involved in another dimensional overlap as energies from other worlds combine with our rocking and rolling interrelations with the energies of our planet as well as the galactic and interstellar energies. There is an inflammation, a recent supernova, from which emanating energies are reaching us. These are intense and will reach us full force on about July 13th. When these energies reach us there may be an intensity to everything that we do for three or four days. I would not advise making any life altering decisions during this time. The major cause of all of these affectations is the continuing triangulations that the Masters talked about in the past couple of newsletters. If this is your first reception of the transmissions you might want to read last month’s newsletter to catch up. This is a huge multi-dimensional event that is affecting us big time. [Provided immediately after this one...M]These events will continue to intensify over the next 17 months or so. If there are issues in your life that you are in denial about or don’t seem to want to look at, it might be a good idea to do so sooner rather than later. As the intensity of these energies continues to escalate we are going to be brought to new heights of attunement both in our interior worlds and beyond into our personal relationships and in our worlds in general. These energies are literally affecting our gravitational relationships. Gravitational relationships have everything to do with how we as human beings are literally held together. When we have hidden emotions within us we compact our energy fields. As the new energies move through us our particulates literally move apart for a time and often even rearrange to create different sets of harmonics. That being said, we literally change how we feel, how we see our world, how we relate to everything. I have to admit that I am one of those who had had a profound shift in the past couple of weeks. This can be disconcerting because at once you have never felt better and at the same time everything seems like a puzzle. Sensitivity becomes amped up, intuitive nature becomes amplified and as the energies move through they cause different anomalies like visual effects, physical feelings and intolerance for untruth of any kind. As these changes are occurring I am also finding that my heart space is opening farther that I could have imagined possible. I have become etherically attuned to new and different energies that leave me feeling at once awed and flabbergasted. At the same time I have never, ever, felt more balanced and grounded in myself, ever. If you are having similar experiences, you are not alone. It can be difficult when the truth becomes so clear. If you are experiencing this make certain to honor yourself and don’t deny what you have longed to live. There has never, ever been a time when being in the moment was more important. These are fast moving serious energies. They are not at all a bad thing, just more than we are accustomed to experiencing. Be light in those experiences. Stand in your truth. Remember, you are perfection. This past weekend was a fantastic time at James Gilliland’s ECETI ranch in Trout Lake Washington where the 2008 Science, Spirit & World Transformation Conference was held. I was a guest speaker there along with Dr. Miceal Ledwith, Alfred Webre, Laura Lizak, William Henry, Dr. Brooks Agnew, Michael Knight, Hope & Randy Mead and Ali Nicolls. I understand that it will soon be on YouTube! We had UFO watches there at the base of Mount Adams and no one was disappointed. Both nights multiple ships came. Several did power ups that were quite impressive as they expanded their energy fields and lit up. One, at 3 am Sunday, apparently sent a major download to onlookers. No, I wasn’t there, I was sleeping peacefully about a block away! James Gilliland I have just returned from Teotihuacan where the new energies are hugely prevalent. Our journey was exquisite. One filled with love and grace, passion and intensity, the conquering of internal challenges and a rise to empowerment. Patricia and I are clicking beautifully as co-creators of the journeys in Teo. I do hope that you will join us soon. I have two more trips to Teo this year. One in September and one December 11th – 16th. The flyers are now on my web site travel schedule page. Also, Patricia, Lee and I are taking a group on a journey to Peru in March of 2009 for the spring equinox along with Incan shaman, Jorges Luis Delgado. This promises to be a magical event and from the interest already generated we expect this trip to sell out quickly. Full info is on my travel schedule page. We are about to embark to Scotland and England next month. I am very excited to say that we have a fantastic group lined up to go. Also, I have a special opportunity available. We have had a couple of last minute cancellations in our sold out trip due to different emergencies. Because of this I have two maybe three spots that have opened up. Now is your chance! If you would like to go and missed out on our final registration deadline we will accept registrations at the early registration price until the end of July! As always, I remind each of you that there are no mistakes, only opportunities to consider change, that that which you seek also seeks you, and that perfection can be nothing less except by perception. You are my heart. Blessings, Grace and Peace, Meg Message from the Masters: Message from the Masters July 11, 2008
Asi, Asi, Asi, Anshallah!
Of the Light, With the Light and Within the Light, we greet you!
It is that your world is in a state of flux as the new energies prevail over old standards and the very essence of you is becoming attuned to new and different frequencies. This attunement creates differences in your being.
You are becoming more sensitive with greater power from within and at the same time less tolerance for that which is untruth. It is that that which has been your normal is no longer. Those who come to you or at you, more to the point, with untruth are flailing in the energy changes. Those who must be right for the sake of righteousness are not of truth. It is to discern wisely that which you accept from all others in such a way that you maintain your internal integrity.
There comes a second triangulation on July 12th. Leading up to this has been a serious restructuring of the energetic in and around you. Communications have been missing the mark. It may feel to you that you are often talking to the air as you do not feel heard. Perhaps you are not. Arrangements you have been making may seem to be falling into logistical difficulties. This is because you continue to view your world from old paradigm thinking.
As the energies shift and change, it is now for each of you to allow for the infinite possibilities of opportunities and change to be available to your reality. To do this is to completely release any imagination that you are in control. You are not. You do however have the free will to make choices that will carry you from one moment to the next. What is it that you wish to create in your being? Who is it that you are trying to be in your journey? Why not be now and let yourselves be carried into the infinite? That you can choose gives you the freedom to be nothing but authentic and pure in your journey. Your emotionalities come from fear when you are uncertain of change and therefore sideline you into patterns of uncertainties and struggle.
As the triangulations approach, each will be of a greater affectation upon you and your world. These triangulations are intensifying as the pattern of alignments is in a spiral motion. The closer to the apex of the spiral that the triangulations take place, the more focused and therefore intense in effect they are for you.
When you communicate you do so not just with your words and actions, you do so energetically as well. With each thought, each motion, each word that you speak and every experience that you have, you are expressing your energy outwardly. You are expressing your energy to all of creation. As the triangulations set up for the exact moments of alignment, the intensification of change in energetic relation occurs. As the intensity builds, there is momentary chaos in the universal field. Because of this, your messages both outgoing and incoming are distorted. Your communications do not necessarily fall fully where you meant them to go. Nor is your reception clear in the time moving into each triangulation.
Do not act rashly or make decisions of drastic change during the triangulations or for at least 2 weeks before and a week after the dates we have given, as you may find that your decisions were based upon chaotic energies and therefore the truth was not as it seemed.
The triangulations are multi-dimensional and reach across countless parallel universes. Each of you has aspects on all levels of creation. If you have not found your universal balance, if you have not found emotional balance, you will be more greatly affected by the energetic emissions and disturbances. Even those who are of human being who are well balanced may be finding that they are challenged during these occurrences. Do not be of concern. As you are becoming re-attuned it is quite normal for you to feel the intensities of these energies.
The current triangulation follows the spiral that began in the Constellation of Lira and triangulating with Indiron B and Lechtalli, both stars in parallel universes and now moves retaining its root coordinates in Lira to Alders and Asteron, 45 degrees West Northwest of the first triangulation except that the root coordinate remains identical to the origin. These stars being farther outward but remaining in angulation with the alignment as it occurs on the 12th of July of your current year.
Each triangulation will be causal to higher and higher frequency attunements and adjustments of your bodies and your lives. That which was your norm will no longer present in the same manner.
You powers of manifestation may seem to have difficulties at times only to result in exactly what you meant to create. It is that because the energetic communications are static at times, your messages are being distributed differently than in prior communications.
What we would say to you in this now is that in order to adapt to the intensity of these new energies is to become more and more flexible. Be willing to bend with the now in such a way that the now is you and you are the now. Being so present disallows for the energies to take you by surprise. As you become the now, remember that the only experience that you are having is yours. That which others have is there is to interpret and decipher if necessary. There is no reason for comparison of anyone else’s journey, as it is theirs alone. Your harmonic frequency sets are individual to you. Because of this, only you know how you are and if you are where you want to be in your journey at any given point. It is to remember that to analyze your experience does nothing but confuse it.
We have stated many times previously that you cannot quantify that which is immeasurable. Your thinking minds simply cannot grasp that which is infinite. Your minds want to define and correlate. This activity of the brain is nothing more than a survival technique that you have developed in your evolution as human beings. You learned to justify based upon your fears and past experiences. Doing so leaves the doors closed to alternate possibilities and opportunities.
Imagine for a moment how free you are when you realize from your very core that the illusion was just that, that you are a free and infinite being of light, and that you have to ability, the power, to create anything and everything you want, dream, desire or need.
In order to utilize the current energies to your highest potential, imagine that you are drawing them into you, that as these new energies enter you, you become expanded beyond your imaginings. That your energy field is infinite as is your consciousness and therefore you are truly unlimited in your endeavors. As your fields expand, there is an electric violet color surrounding you , engulfing you. As this field expands, the colors move, arcing and sparking with electrical static as different layers of your energy fields touch and move past each other in your expansion. This is the fire of creation, the essence of how energy is sustained. It is that from which all things come and you are that and it is you.
Become passionate within your fire and the fire which is you. With your passion magnificence of your creative gifts expands into reality.
What is known and unknown is all the same. That which you know is inherent. That which you do not yet know is simply because you have not allowed your awareness to rise into the infinite. If you will, you find that there is nothing that you do not know and everything to remember.
We leave you with the attunement of assistance for your beingness amongst the energies and they amongst you. We bring to you the attunement of beliah, that which is key to the journey beyond, the gates opening and your highest awareness to bring to you all that is necessary for any now.
Be in peace. You are the Ones.
Antui anshlli ansi entui nahallah.Source: www.spiritlite.com/messages.phpNote: Here's the previous message if you have not read it [as suggested above]:Online Messages: June 2nd, 2008 Transformational Changes in the Air Message from Dr. Meg:Greetings to each of you! What amazing energies we have been experiencing! It seems as if the veils continue to thin and the dimensions continue to overlap resulting in a lot of odd happenings. In this past week there have been a lot of anomalies with electronics. Electronic and digital machines have been acting crazy, as have computers and even smoke detectors! Seems like these conveniences we have created are also responsive to the new energies! We are coming up on the June shift that the Masters talked about in the past couple of newsletters. This is a huge one that is intricate in its make-up and effect that it has on our actual reality, so I will let them talk with you about that. You might want to re-read the previous transmission to catch the thread as the Masters picked up right where they left off last time. In the meanwhile, let’s talk about change. Many of you may remember several years ago when I wrote the piece about my intricate cedar root coffee table, how all those years I had thought that I was getting it quite clean as I lovingly polished each branch, reaching way into its depths. Well over the years, the original finish has faded. It took me a long time to find just the right thing to refinish the wood. Over time I have thought about how beautiful the wood would be when restored to its original perfection. So yesterday it happened. Rubbing the wood with the new finish was a real Zen thing. I so love natural textures and the feel of what Creation has put in our paths. As I worked each part of the root system, being completely present with the wood, I began to notice all of the color differences, how deep the wrinkles in the wood really are, and how far into the heart of the table base the branches of the roots really go. I started thinking (again) about how this table is a mirror of myself and how it is a perfect representation of life. The intricacies of who we are and the depths of our emotions. And as I reached way into the depths of the wood, in the bends and folds that were hidden, the ones that remain dusty no matter what, I thought, hmmmm, this is so like what we hide from ourselves. And with the years of dust that had collected how hard it was to see the beauty underneath. We are like that. Covered in years of our own dust to a point that it is often difficult for us to really see the beauty of our hearts. Just as I have so lovingly taken care of my entanglement of roots that is a highlight in my home, a beautiful representation of creation, we all attempt to do this for ourselves, to heal our issues and to seek healing and perfection. Here is the secret. As I reached way inside of the root system, using Q-Tips because the spaces were so small, as I cleaned away the dust and the new finish filled in every gap, each nook and cranny, the beauty that was there all of the time began to shine anew. There was nothing wrong with the wood. A little cleaning and a new finish reminded me of how the Masters came in that first time, standing there in front of me. What a surprise that was! Of course, I had begged for someone, anyone, to show me what to do with my gifts… as I saw him, the first one, I jumped straight up and back. And he disappeared! Wow. Wow. What is happening? And I realized that I had gotten exactly what I had asked for. When I centered myself there he was, patiently waiting for me to get it together, so to speak. And I realized that he hadn’t gone anywhere, I had! We do tend to cover things up that we can’t understand! Tediously I kept working on the table yesterday. As I reached even deeper into the heart of the wood I realized that dust is like fear. It doesn’t look or feel good, but there it is, hidden inside of the most beautiful natural art that creation can offer. We are like that. We are perfection, created in the image of perfection, and then we being to collect dust. We don’t like what we see and we can’t see ourselves clearly because the lies and illusions we have created in our everyday lives have clouded our perceptions of self. In my project yesterday I witnessed a complete transformation. The dust is gone, my beautiful table shines and I am ever reminded that we are perfection waiting to see ourselves beyond the dust. If you aren’t seeing yourself clearly today or any other day, look more closely. You are there is perfection if only you are willing to reach even deeper and find the beauty within your core. A few announcements: My radio show, Continuum, which is originally broadcast on shirleymaclaine.com, is now available FREE on my web site. You can listen to it at your leisure, my gift to you, or if you prefer, you can download an MP3 version for a small donation. SO many of you had asked, now it is so. We do generally get what we ask for! Enjoy! I do have a few openings in the June trip to Teotihuacan if you are interested. I have extended the registration discount of $100 through June 15th. The trip is June 26th – July 1st, 2008. Also, I only have a couple of openings left for the Scotland and England trips in August. If you are interested, I have also extended the early registration discount of up to $345 to June 15th.Sue to requirements of our lodging reservations we have to give a final count and deposits for the rooms so the last day to register for this one is June 30th so if you are considering coming along, we would love to have you! All trip info is on my web site on the travel schedule pages. I have terrific news! I have had an avalanche of requests for more of the Light Symbols and so have created a proposal to publish them as a deck of cards. I have several publishers who wish to publish them and we will be getting that together shortly. It will be an honor to offer these to you when they are finished. The Masters are thrilled that we will be able to get them out! To each of you, my love and gratitude. I wish you laughter in your days, joy in your hearts and love in everything that you do! Blessings! Dr. Meg Meg Blackburn Losey, PH.D. www.spiritlite.comMessage from the Masters: ** Please note that Dr. Meg has made a correction as to the number of triangulations. There was a transcription error in which a line was left out. Sorry about that! Thank you! Message from the Masters June 2, 2008
Anshallah! Antui! Asi, Asi, Asi!
Greetings to each of you from the light, within the light and with the light. The light is truth.
A great event comes to you this week. We reiterate with an explanation and will then elaborate:
It is that you have entered into reconstruction of your reality. The very fabric of which you are created is being rewoven. That which has been the harmonic arrangement which creates harmonic resonance of you and all other things is being rewritten as a symphony of changes.
The relationships of your particulates begins to occur in the week preceding June sixth in such a way that the arrangement of particulates will become of a vacuum effect which is caused by coming triangulations of astrological bodies. The triangulations begin on the outer edge of the constellation Lira and reach across the dimensions for triangulation with Indiron B and Lechtalli, two distant stars in a universe just parallel to your third dimension.
Triangulations will continue for nearly 18 months. Each new triangulation will have rotated in sums of degrees which are all divisible by fifteen. This is because the natural pattern of dimensional angulation is on fifteen degree angulations or angulations divisible by fifteen degrees. Knowing this, and realizing that inter-dimensional pathways are always on angulations divisible by fifteen degrees, brings the realization that reconstruction of the very harmonics of which you are made is in occurrence. Your particulates, except when excited, are generally aligned by increments of thirds. As the series of 7 alignments, and the transition of one angulation to another occurs, your particulates, the very particles of which you are created, will respond. They will realign into other mathematical patterns. Because of this, you may experience unconscious agitation, the feeling that something huge is about to happen. You may feel that you are having difficulty being grounded and even at times disassociated with your everyday world. This series of events is literally a dimensional shift, for as influences reach you and your reality both you and your reality will be pulled upward in a vacuum effect, such as an extreme tide pull only reaching across all realities.
As the pulling begins, there may be moments of lacking focus or clarity. We tell you that you need not understand what is happening just know that it is. You may find the sensation that your feet are not on the ground, that you feel as if you are free floating and not connected to your body or your earth. Use this to expand your awareness of realities beyond the mundane. Breathe deeply and intentionally, allowing yourselves to be cleansed of the old, welcoming the new. Your breath is more than that which sustains life. It is a natural cleansing, regenerative, nurturing, and healing.
It is now that the triangulations begin. That which is the spiraling effect of interdimensional alignments. Those which have not occurred for many hundreds of thousands of years. Your internal being is about to be rocked. The very creation of you is beginning its rebooting, rewiring, rearrangement of ordering in such a way that you will become more sensitive to the changes and to your internal and external environments.
The procession of triangulations will occur in a spiral format. The first triangulation will occur on June 6th. Then, the second on July 12th. The next, on September 9th. Another on November 19th. January 11th is the next and February 15th the next. March 17th, April 4th and June 11th are the last ordering of triangulation. Mark these dates and utilize them to maintain a sense of reality as your world on the interior and the exterior begin to shift and change. The first triangulation is a triple trinity, three triangulations at once. Following are eight singular triangulations. It is no mistake that there are eight events to this set of triangulations. The triangulations are symbolic of the true trinity. You, the infinite and the combination of you and the infinite. The eight events are significant in they relate to the infinite as an unending effect on all creation. The eight being not only the sign of infinity but a full spectrum of harmonics, a harmonic octave.
Since you are created of harmonics as energy as light in form, you can’t help but to respond on some level to every expression or change of energy. You as a harmonic being are going to be finding yourselves feeling much different inside. These new feelings may seem to be intense to you. We say to you that you are not malfunctioning, simply differently charged. This is not a bad thing. It is a normal response of you to the triangulations and all that they bring.
The next eighteen months will be intensive with energy changes as the triangulations come into alignment with you and each other. As each is angulated by 45 degrees from the last triangulation, an entirely full three hundred and sixty degree set of angulations will occur. With each angulation is a difference of energetic frequencies which are of new and foreign sensations for you. And yet, you will feel your inner beings respond completely to your core.
If you are one whose gifts begin to blossom during this time, do not become a victim of your gifts, fearing them, feelings as if you must now save the world. Instead, celebrate your new found awareness in such a way as to know that you are an unfolding, an integral part of that which is One and fully infinite. Know that you are without a doubt stripped of your mortality as it has always been a perception and not a reality. Beyond your physical experiences are infinite others that are unlimited in perspective and participation. The essence of you is free amongst Creation. Only your human perspectives slow your powers of observation due to your perceived need to think and to understand. You must know that beyond understanding is fullness of knowing. Every particle of your being knows what you do not choose to believe. That you are in infinite child of creation, imperfect only by your beliefs and perceptions.
Compounding the beginnings of the triangulations experience is a Mercury Retrograde which affects communications hugely in this now. Communications issues in tandem with the triangulations can lead to errors in the creative process. As you progress into this event, you will find that your thought processes may be misfiring. That you can’t find the words that you mean to say or the idea in your mind doesn’t come out of your mouth in the way that you intend. We say to you to be intentional and cautious to say what you mean and mean what you say in the next three weeks. Since the entirety of Creation is being rewired, so is your reality and that which you intend. Be clear about what it is that you wish, desire, want, and think that you need. Be clear about what you intend, but at the same time, open to the infinite possibilities that area available to you.
Reality will begin to look somewhat different. How things create will no longer seem linear. Not that they ever were, but the power of holographic reality comes to you instantly and with power that has not been seen since the Before Times. In the Before Times there were technologies which were utilized to defy gravity, to change reality. There were technologies that sustained people and groups of people which were symbiotic with the environment. Resources were not used up but rather served as complementary to the infinite energy fields. Subtlety was the norm. Fineness was the method. To be that which was intended allowed for the inscription of crystals with the entirety of instruction and libraries of information.
The gravitational field is an integral part of what technology was in the Before Times. Since it is intricately woven with and is a vital aspect of the very reality of creation, the gravitational field not only holds together particulates in the forms of different realities, it is created of the sacred geometrical format of which human beings barely realize how to apply to current sciences and energy utilization. The force of gravity even affects your thinking process and your creative abilities.
It is that as the triangulations progress, your force of gravity is affected. Depending upon where you live upon your Earth, some of you will be affected greatly as your gravity shifts to lesser or greater effect upon your very being. At the same time, the resonance of the Earth will begin to shift as well. It will lessen at times, reducing over time to an effect of magnetic anomalous behavior. This shifting will affect the responsive of your electrical systems, those in your bodies. Your muscles and nervous systems will be affected. Your muscle fibers will become denser. Your nervous systems will begin to refine, allowing for a quickening of your reflexes and streamlining of your thought processes. You will find that extraneous thought will become reduced and that clarity of each moment will rise to greater effect.
You will begin to see, as we have said previously, great volcanic activity. This has already begun, as you have seen in your news. There will be further volcanic reaction to the coming changes. There are vents forming off the Pacific Coast line that will affect the waters and fishing environments in the next two years. There will also be blooms of green algae and red bacteria in the same areas. These particular organisms thrive on the acidic environment that the volcanic vents will provide. They also thrive on the warmth that is provided at the same time.
Wind is going to become great in the U.S. Gulf Coast region as well as in Europe. There will be further events in South America related to weather and seismic activity. There will be mudslides in Costa Rica and Peru.
As the fabric of your creation continues to evolve, so shall you. You are currently in one of the greatest evolutions of human consciousness that humanity has ever experienced. Your DNA is relating more fully with your brain and your brain is more open to the higher aspects of your consciousness. AS the electromagnetic field around your DNA strands is amplified by these new relations and the broadening of your energy fields in general occur you will become more sentient, able to utilize the abilities of your entireties to gain and transmit information on Universal levels. That which you seek will come easily and with the potency of instantaneous reality. Your consciousness is and has always been sentient. Previously, the energies in your environment were not conducive to full access of the experiences of your consciousness. Consciousness is the very essence of who you are. It is your soul seeking an experiencing. It is your destiny in action, all relative to the choices that you make in each and every moment. It is the profundity of being and it is unfettered by any form or incarnation.
Your consciousness is you. That part of you which has been neglected and even denied in many cases. Now, with the inter-relationships of the new energies, you can become free of all erroneous energies that have clouded your abilities to soar into the ethers. You do this anyway, you know, as you dream? As you set your issues of control aside and fly freely your excursions bring to you more than you imagine. It is all within you. Everything that you need to live the kind of life that you desire, to create the kind of world in which you live.
We say to you that as you consider these events and changes on your world and beyond to know that you are the Master of all your Creations. To become caught in negativity or the ideas that many provide to you that your world will end upon a certain date is ludicrous. It is for you instead to imagine the kind of world that you want. Live that. Be that. The totality of consciousness including yours is vital to the outcome of all things. What is it that you wish to contribute? Is it fear and destruction or life and perfection of all Being? It is always your choice.
Ride the new energies like an infinite wind. Allow them to carry you into unknown territory. It will feel familiar when you arrive, like a glimpse into your very essence. Fly on and into the remembering of your perfection!
We are grateful to be of service in this now. Be in peace.
Antui Antellah Asi, Asi, Asi------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OK, The Masters tell us that the very fabric of which we are created is being rewoven. How is this possible? Well, it has much to do with the Earth's magnetic field. In the previous post, much was said about the importance at this time to connect with Earth; she is vibrating a different energy, an older one which we haven't expericenced. Below, Tom Kenyon and the Hathors gives us info on what is happening to the magnetic field, how it is affecting us and how to ground to Earth and let her help through the transition. I think this is what The Masters are talking about when they speak of triangulations....Us connecting above and below with the energies [Space & Earth] so we can navigate through conflicting realities. For some who are doubtful about this, I've posted another article after this on the magnetic field and humans relationship to it from Gregg Braden...read his credentials regarding his past employment, folks. I have read in the past that we could not exist for too long out of Earth's field...that makes sense to me now.Changes to Planetary and Human Fields Earth’s Magnetic FieldBy Tom Kenyon and the Hathors
Let us give you an overview of the current planetary situation as we view it. The magnetic field of earth is involved in a perturbation or morphing. This is taking place interdimensionally, and the net effect is incremental surges in amplitude or strength of the magnetic field. This morphing of earth’s magnetic field is like a wave that rises and falls very quickly, and the oscillations are minute, but distinct. This is having a very strange effect upon human consciousness, specifically your biological experience. Many people are experiencing an increase of exhaustion and weariness. (As we have mentioned in previous communications, these symptoms are also caused by movements of energies from deep space as they pass through your galaxy and your solar system.)
But this (perturbation) is of a different category. This is caused by the magnetic field itself, which is responding to the deep energies from space. It is a response of the molten core of your earth itself; and the magnetic field is having a conversation with the cosmos, if you wish to think of it in this metaphorical way. Now, your science does not view things in this manner, but from our perspective the magnetic field is having a conversation with these cosmic visitors, the energies from deep space, which are, by nature, catalysts for spiritual evolution. Another set of symptoms directly related to the perturbations of your magnetic field are distinct changes in how you hold short term memory—because memory is a function of the magnetics of your own nervous system and that of earth. Your brain processes information through the minute gravitational and non-gravitational fields of it’s own structure and it is affected directly by fluctuations in the earth’s magnetic field. And so you can expect an increase in short term memory anomalies. You may find yourself speaking a sentence and suddenly the words do not come to you or you mix up the words from their normal syntax. While in some cases this is the sign of a brain disorder, you will find this happening within the general populace at an increasing rate. Escalations in collective short-term memory glitches will lead humanity to a most novel situation. This situation is an opportunity or a curse, depending on how you work with it.
The opportunity is to see through the mental matrix of your own creation. What we mean by this is when your mind is unable to continue its story line in the ways it is used to, you have an opportunity to glimpse the realities behind the curtain (of perception). You are the ones who have created the curtain, and you have done this to keep yourselves separated from things you do not wish to see or experience directly, or in some cases what others do not wish you to see or experience directly. We refer here to the unseen manipulators of your collective reality—those who hold the economic and political reins of power.
We have said before that there are forces on your planet that actively resist the impulse for spiritual evolution. They are invested in continuing their lies through the misappropriation of information in order to control you. Their job is getting more difficult.
Their job is getting more difficult because the perturbation of the magnetic field creates gaps in the creation of mental realities projected by the human mind. They—meaning those who wish to control and manipulate you—have vast resources at their command, and they are employing every one of them. But they cannot control the magnetic field of the earth! And for this, you should give thanks.
The impulse that is affecting the magnetic field of the earth comes from far beyond their locus of influence. It is our expectation, based upon our understanding of hyper-dimensional physics, that the perturbations of your magnetic field are going to increase over the next several years. Those of you who are sensitive energetically are the ones feeling this most intensely at the present moment, but we suspect that in the next two to three years most people will be affected by this in a way they are consciously aware of, even if they do not know why.
We have a couple of suggestions for dealing with the situation.
Our first suggestion is the easiest. It involves understanding your connection to the core of the earth itself. As an energetic being, in addition to your flesh and blood, you can form a conscious energetic relationship with the core of the earth.
This understanding, or orientation, is that you are immersed in and surrounded by, earth’s magnetic field. By going into mental resonance with the core of the earth (the generator of earth’s magnetic field), you become energetically stabilized. The earth, as a conscious being, can reveal herself to you in ways that are difficult to describe because your culture does not have a language for this. And you have been manipulated and controlled to insure that you do not have an awareness of this, for it could be one of your greatest strengths. By entering into resonance with the core of the earth you become more conscious of the earth as a living conscious being. Through this link, you receive a type of energetic-solidity—even in the midst of earth’s increasing chaos.
The odd thing about it, however, is that when you bring yourself to your senses, so to speak, you are less controllable, less “manipulatable” by those forces that control the thought stream of humanity through mis-information, manipulation and mind-control.
In other words, forming a direct conscious relationship with the earth’s core bypasses many of the affects of what we call life-negative technologies.
If you wish to do something in addition to entering into mental resonance with the core of the earth, we suggest using your pranic tube, a subtle energetic channel that runs from above your head, through the center of your body, and into the earth. This tube, this channel, can be extended deep into the earth, down into the very core itself, and also above the head deep into space. In this method you are not dealing with extending the channel beyond the top of the head. Instead, you only extend the channel into the core of the earth. But the essential thing is not so much the sending of this channel into the earth. The essential thing is to understand that you are in resonance with the core of the earth simply by knowing it. This will impart a sense of stability even in the midst of increasing chaos. It will awaken your senses. It will bring you into greater conscious relationship to earth. And, we must caution you that it will also de-hypnotize you—make you less controllable. And you will see through the lies around you more clearly!
The second suggestion involves developing a conscious relationship to the core of the galaxy. Essentially, understand that you can be in resonance with the core of the Milky Way Galaxy, which is a black hole, and that in similar ways to being in resonance with the core of the earth, you can become stabilized in relationship to the galaxy.
If you are capable of this, simply hearing this described to you will activate the knowingness of how to do it. It is not a complex affair. It is quite simple, but requires the understanding that a part of you is not limited by the time and space coordinates of your physical body.
It requires an understanding that consciousness can extend instantaneously, anywhere in time and space, and by extending your consciousness to the galactic core, you are stabilized in relationship to the galaxy.
The ideal is to be in relationship to earth’s core and the core of the galaxy simultaneously. Then you will be able to ride the waves of energy from deep space with a greater degree of mastery.
But, again, we caution you that this will make you less controllable, harder to hypnotize, and then you may have the very odd experience of waking up while many around you are still asleep. What you do with this awareness is, of course, your choice and your response-ability.[/i][/b] A few clarifying thoughts from Tom Kenyon March 24, 2008For those unfamiliar with the pranic tube here is a brief description: The pranic tube is a subtle energetic-channel that is tube-like and runs from the crown, at the top of the head, through the center of the body and passes through the perineum into the earth. The perineum is a point mid-way between your genitals and your anus. If you touch the tip of your thumb to the tip of your second finger, you will see a circle that is the approximate size of your pranic tube. In some esoteric traditions, the pranic tube is called the Central Pillar or Central Column. Some lineages of Tibetan Buddhist yogis and yoginis work with a very thin channel, about the size of a human hair, that runs through the center of the pranic tube. This energy pathway is known as the Secret Channel and it is used in certain esoteric yogic practices to affect the subtle energetics within the yogi’s or yogini’s body—the idea being that such practices lead to a quicker unfolding of spiritual illumination or enlightenment. Generally speaking, the pranic tube runs a few feet into the earth (unless one is really un-grounded) and up above the head a few feet as well. Since the pranic tube is a subtle energetic, it does not follow the laws of Newtonian physics, but instead resides within the constraints of Quantum Mechanics. Thus, it is possible to extend the pranic tube very far into the earth, into the very core of the planet and/or far out into space. For those readers who find such concepts outlandish, I suggest you read a short article I wrote entitled Thoughts and Observations of the Channel. If it helps, think of the pranic tube as an imaginary device. Then you don’t have to determine whether such a thing is really possible or not. You can explore the effects of the pranic tube on its own terms. The pranic tube is affected by thought and intention. All it takes to extend the channel into the earth or into the cosmos is the intention for it to do so. If you are new at this, you may just have a thought that it is happening. As you work with it more, you will eventually have the distinct impression that it extends or contracts according to your intention. In the method suggested by the Hathors in this planetary message, use of the pranic tube is for those who want to do something in addition to just going into mental resonance with the earth. Some people are resonators and some are activators. Some people are both. Going into resonance with something other than you (i.e. the earth’s core) is essentially an act of passivity. Some people do this well while some people need to do something. For those who want to do something while going into resonance, the pranic tube is an excellent device. So choose the method that works for you. The important thing—however you do it—is to enter into mental resonance with the core of the earth and if you can manage it, the galactic core as well. -Tom Kenyon tomkenyon.com/earths-magnetic-field/© 2007 Tom Kenyon. All rights reserved.Continued....
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jul 12, 2008 9:02:23 GMT 4
........continued from previous post:For Those of You who Are Wondering: WHAT IN THE HECK IS GOING ON?! Part 2 of 2Tom Keyon mentioned that in some esoteric traditions, the pranic tube is called the Central Pillar or Central Column. Here is an article dealing with the Central Channel. I encourage any who are drawn to the following to further exoplore the site it is found on; it is a good teaching source.What is the Central Channel?
The Central Channel is a bridge of energy and consciousness between highest spirit and lowest matter. It is a conduit through which the life of the Spirit and the consciousness of the Soul flows. The Central Channel is also known as the Rainbow Bridge or the antahkarana (inner ear or internal organ of consciousness).
The completed antahkarana contains 5 strands of energy. Two threads are put down by the Higher Self. The life thread, also known as the silver chord, or sutratma (thread of the atma) extends from the Monad or spark of the One Life within to the "physical permanent atom" of the heart. The consciousness thread extends from the Soul to the pineal gland in the head. It is for this reason that the pineal gland is known as the seat of the Soul. The last three strands of the antahkarana are collectively known as the creative thread and are projected upward in consciousness by you, the personality. These strands must be consciously built by you. You become a conscious creator when you complete the development of your antahkarana. As the Central Channel is enlarged to at least one inch in diameter, a rainbow colored flow of energy can be clairvoyantly observed in the Central Channel, hence, the name Rainbow Bridge. The lower portion of the Rainbow Bridge from the crown center to the base of the spine is called the sushumna. The chakras or centers of energy are normally located along the sushumna channel and are stimulated into greater awakening by the development of the Rainbow Bridge and the Soul. The white vertical line in figure 3 shows the Central Vertical channel rising high above the Soul Star and deep into Earth beneath the Earth Star. See page 96-97, RBII, and The Rays and Initiations, p.441- 501 for more information on the antahkarana.
The Central Channel actually is already present in the body. However, it is clogged with various low grade energies that relate to emotional and mental complexes carried over from past life times. As a result of the large load of emotional and mental blockages in the aura, the chakras have been pushed outside of the body and are not located along the Central Channel. The energy centers referred to in figure 4 are not the chakras but substitute sensitive points for them. Later, when the emotional and mental complexes are removed from the body the chakras will move into their normal positions along the Central Channel. The authors of the Rainbow Bridge book refer to these distortions as external and internal patterns. External patterns are the distortions visible in the aura and on the surface of the body. Internal patterns are blockages and distortions that are located inside the body and interfere with the function of the organs of the body.
The building of the Central Vertical Channel is both a personal work and a planetary service. The substance of the body that you ensoul as an individual is part of the body of the planet. The planet is a living entity with a consciousness. The intelligence aspect of the planet is called the Planetary Logos. Your Central Channel forms part of the Central Channel of the Planetary Logos.
Read More: soul1.org/CentralChannel.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ The Shift Is Happening Now with Gregg Bradenby Wynn Free There are many quantifiable scientific indicators proving that the Earth and the Solar System are going through changes which have never previously occurred in recorded human history. Many psychics and channelers say that we have entered the beginning of a dimensional shift which is already deeply affecting all of our lives. And some predict that within the next decade we will enter into an Ascension process fulfilling the prophecies of Jesus.
Gregg Braden is probably the most recognized person who is evaluating and revealing the scientific phenomena pointing to this shift. He became intrigued with all this when he was working for Phillips Petroleum in the late 1970s and noticed that the magnetics of the earth were at their lowest point in 2000 years and decreasing at a rapid rate.
Eventually, Braden wrote a book — Awakening to Zero Point — that documented this and other indicators of our rapidly changing planet.Wynn: Is it true that the magnetic poles of the earth are in the process of shifting right now? Gregg: In May-June-July of 2002, it was very well acknowledged and esteemed scientific journals actually were saying for the first time that we are in the process of a polar reversal. Back in the 1960s, geologists were certain that the earth periodically went through a reversal. They could tell from core samples, ice samples, and fossils, as well as magnetized particles that were locked into certain positions in the rock of the earth. Geologists were so certain about this phenomenon that they actually mapped out the last four-and-a-half-million years, and the resulting records suggested that the earth has gone through fourteen of these polar reversals. At that time, back in 1961 and 1962, scientists felt that the last pole reversal occurred at about the time of the last Ice Age, ten to twelve thousand years ago. And they were certain it would happen again, but not for thousands of years, so it was nothing to worry about. But through the 1990s, geologists continued to refine this kind of information. They had been saying it took thousands of years for this to happen. Then they began to say, "Well, it can happen in hundreds of years." But now, recent evidence from some of the ice cores in Greenland and Antarctica say that it could happen in as little as a decade. But now, we know that the poles are actually moving. We're living it right now. We don't know exactly what that means, because even though it's happened fourteen times in the last four and a half million years, it's never happened with six billion people on the earth. Wynn: Are you saying that it's common knowledge? Gregg: It's common knowledge to people that need to know these things. For example, FAA regulations say that when the poles move beyond five or eight degrees, the runways at the airports have to be renumbered to correlate with the magnetic headings that the pilots are seeing. The first airport in the United States to comply with this mandate was Minneapolis/St. Paul, where they spent something on the order of eighty-five thousand dollars to go through and renumber the runway headings. But what happened in the May-June-July time frame of 2002 is that journals such as Nature, Science, Scientific American, and New Scientist released reports saying that we are definitely in the process of a magnetic reversal, and the AP wires picked it up. Scientists have no idea what the impact is going to be to electronic and electromagnetic power grids. But even more, they don't know what it means to human immune systems. Alternative healing modalities have shown a connection between magnetics and the immune system, which also would imply that our immune systems could very well be keyed into the magnetic fields of the earth. We know that birds and animals migrate along the lines of these magnetic fields. So there is speculation that the changes taking place in the magnetic field are responsible for the changing migratory patterns in birds that have been recorded in Asia and North America. The change in the fields also may explain why whales are beaching themselves. The lines of navigation that the whales have always followed have shifted and now lead them onto a beach. When we take them back out into the water and set them free, they continue to align themselves with the same magnetic lines, and in following them, they end up on the beach again. So, yes, it's common knowledge now. The most respected scientific journals say that we're in this shift. And even though we don't know precisely what that means, it's significant that it is being acknowledged in peer-review kinds of literature, and not just in speculative or pseudo-scientific magazines. Wynn: When was this magnetic shift first acknowledged? Gregg: It would have been in the June/July time frame of 2002. People were sending me emails that they had seen it, and giving me references. I also found references in the magazines myself. Wynn: Would we survive a complete pole shift? Gregg: Any answer to that question must of necessity lie within the realm of speculation, because in traditional recorded human history it's never happened. On the other hand, there are Native traditions and ancient Hebrew biblical traditions suggesting that a magnetic shift may have happened even more recently than the last Ice Age. That was 10,000 to 12,000 years ago, but these traditions suggest that the last shift may have happened as recently as 3,600 years ago. Native legends speak of a day 3,600 years ago when the sun rose from the west as it had always done, hovered in the sky for more than a full day, and set in the east — but the next day, it rose in the east and set in the west, as it does today. Hebrew traditions speak of this event, also, saying that it happened during a battle. The ancient Hebrews took it as a sign that one side was receiving celestial assistance, because it stayed light long enough for the battle to complete in their favor. We can't verify this in the rock or fossil records, because 3,600 years is too short a period of time for such an event to be reflected there. All we have to go by are traditions, legends, and myths preserved in oral and written documents. What the trandition tells us, however, is that if something like this were to happen, the people of the earth would live through it. It would have to be a really strange day to live through, but if the ancient legends are true, it happened and the people apparently survived. However, we don't know how it affected their lives. Wynn: Do you have any idea how this magnetic shift might change consciousness? Gregg: The speculation is that there is a correlation between consciousness and magnetics. In order to understand how this connection might work, it is useful to compare it to a computor's memory. The magnetic fields in the memory are held in place through an electrical charge — a trickle charge — within the computer itself. When the batteries in the computer die, the charge is gone, and the memory is lost. We have to reload the operating system. Similarly, by researchers and descendents of indigenous peoples believe that when the earth goes through what science sees as a magnetic reversal, it also will be a great shift and cleansing of the earth's consciousness. There will be nothing holding all the magnetic patterns that have been put in place. So when we awaken from this shift, what becomes consciousness will be our truest nature, our truest essence. And the memory of all of the evil or all the bad things or all of the grudges or the ego and we've held against one another as individuals and nations will not be part of that new consciousness, that new grid. From that perspective, many traditions predict, sense, or speculate that we are nearing a time of what they call the Great Cleansing, and that this cleansing is happening at a level of core memory of consciousness. Wynn: So is it possible to assume that in some way, our memory is connected to this magnetic field? Gregg: I think so. I think that because of the strange accounts of the astronauts who left earth and went into space during the Apollo Program. In leaving the earth's atmosphere and circling the planet many miles above the surface, the affects of earth's magnetics were negligible. And the astronauts began to have experiences that they were not prepared or trained for, that were totally unanticipated. When they were in space and looked back to earth, they began having insights and feelings, awakenings and awarenesses that they had never had when they were on the earth. It meant something different to each one of them. In much the same way, friends of mine who went to Viet Nam were all changed when they came home. It changed everyone. For some, the change was so painful that they could never speak about it, and for others, the change was a catalyst in their lives and they spoke of it incessantly. And I believe there was actually a PBS special that documented this same phenomenon with the astronauts, that they were never the same afterward. When they came back, there were some who didn't know what to do with their outer space experience. Some turned to drugs and alcohol. Others channeled the change that occurred within them in very positive, life-affirming projects. One of this latter group was Dr. Edgar Mitchell, who founded the Noetic Sciences Organization in an effort to validate the phenomenon of human consciousness. Another astronaut undertook the search for Noah's Ark, and actually found it embedded in the ice on Mt. Ararat, right where the Bible said it would be.[1] Wynn: So the implication here is that these astronauts, because they left the magnetic field of the earth, had some kind of spiritual awakening? Gregg: They certainly went through a catharsis when they were no longer in the influence of the earth's magnetic field. We also see something similar happening when we look at the magnetic fields of the earth. They are not constant over the surface of the earth, and contour maps, available through United States Geologic Survey, show the varying intensities of magnetic fields over the surface of the earth — where magnetic fields have a very high intensity and where the intensity if very low. Those fields have shifted over time, and may actually account for why populations of humans have migrated to the places they've migrated to. They might have been following these magnetic contours. What happens is that in the places where the magnetics are very low, where their effects are negligible, tremendous change and innovation appear to occur. Where the magnetics are traditionally high, those are the places of stagnation where changes, although they do happen, take a long time and change is very slow in coming. If I were coming here from another world and didn't know anything about the people of the earth, and if I were looking for a place where the opportunity of change was the greatest, I would look for the zero contour lines. And if you look at a map of the magnetics on earth today, what you find is that there is a zero contour line that runs along the West Coast of North America — along the California coast and on up off the coast of Alaska. In other words, the magnetics along the West Coast are almost nil! When we think of the West Coast, we think about wacky California. Well, the truth is California is a seed, one of several, and it's traditionally been very innovative in technology, science, fashion, finance, and the arts, because there is an opportunity for tremendous change there. Within North American, the flip side of that would be an area of highest magnetics, where the magnetic fields are the most dense. And you find this down through some of the Southeastern states — the very states that are traditionally viewed as being conservative. This doesn't mean that change can't happen there. What is says, however, is that change takes a long time there, and people have to see a really good reason before they are going to budge from what they've always done. Wynn: So where the magnetic field is less dense, people are more open to the moment? Gregg: They're open to change, period. It doesn't mean that the change is good, bad, right, or wrong. It's important to be clear about this. The consciousness of the people will determine how that change comes about. I'll give an ironic example. There is a zero contour line that runs right through the Middle East. It actually runs almost directly underneath the area we call the Suez Canal, right up into Israel, right along the coast of the Red Sea. Yes, right in that area is a zero contour line. This means that area is ripe for change. But again, how that change comes about — whether it's peaceful and constructive or angry and destructive — is determined by the consciousness of the people who live there. Wynn: So it's not good or bad either way? Gregg: Precisely. It simply is an opportunity for change. At the same time, the highest magnetic contour lines noted anywhere on the planet earth have traditionally been in portions of the former Soviet Union, Russia, and Siberia. We know that in that part of the world, there was a system that was in place, and while change came about, it was slow and painful, a long time coming, with a lot of suffering. But when that change happened, there was a cascade effect, and it happened almost overnight. So the correlations are very interesting between human consciousness, the opportunities for innovation, change, doing things in a new way, and the magnetics of our world. The Earth has many areas of high and low change. Wynn: Our readers are going to want to know how they can best face the changes that are coming in our world as a whole. Gregg: I'll be as concise as I can. I think that the answer to that is perhaps encapsulated best in the words of those who have come before us, the ancient Essenes, in a text that's more than 2,500 years old. It reminds us of our relationship to the world around us, and says simply that the world around us is nothing more and nothing less than a mirror of what we have become from within. So when we see a world that appears angry, cruel, and thoughtless, that produces suffering for our brothers and sisters all over the world — from this perspective, that world is a mirror of what we have become as individuals, families, societies, and nations. It's not right, wrong, good or bad. It's simply a reflection of who we are. The condition of the planet is a feedback mechanism. So if we want to see change in our world, we must become that change in our every day lives. If we want to see peace, tolerant understanding, compassion, and forgiveness at the global level, we must become that. At the dinner table. With our families. We must become that with our schools. We must demand that we be entertained through peace, compassion, and understanding. It doesn't have to be dull and boring. It can still be very exciting, but it does not have to be ruthless, thoughtless, cruel, or heartless. So in our daily lives, every moment of every day, we make a choice that either affirms or denies life in our bodies. Because we are linked through this grid. Our individual choices all pool into the collective answer to our future. If we'd like to see a collective change, we must individually become that change. Wynn: We have this date of 2012 that many people are saying is this time of global shift or Ascension. What do you think is going to happen? Gregg The date 2012 is interesting because it comes up in Mayan traditions, Egyptian traditions, some of the Christian traditions, and even in the Bible Code — which is very controversial unto itself. My sense is this date could be any date. If we focus on a date and live our lives preparing for a change on that date, we miss life. From my perspective, if we simply live each day of our lives to its fullest, we reconcile the experiences that cross our paths each day, we reconcile the opportunity to honor life, to honor our relationships with one another. If we are honest, truthful, considerate, caring and compassionate, if we live this each day, we have already prepared for whatever could possibly come on 2012 or any other day, any other year, any time in our future. I know people who are living their lives hoarding boxcars full of food and ammunition, preparing for the day when our world changes. I understand, and I think it's good to be self sufficient. I understand what they are saying. But also what I've seen is that so much of their lives is dedicated to preparing for that day, they've missed the beauty and the mystery of life that unfolds in every day. And it's in perceiving this beauty and mystery that we prepare for the greatest challenges! Wynn: So basically, if one wants to approach this change with the maximum positive outcome for themselves, the key is to live each day with the maximum output of love, compassion, and caring? Gregg: Yes, and to do this, we have to live each day consciously. Be aware of the opportunities. Recognize the opportunities that cross our paths. Every day, we're given the opportunity to be tolerant of another belief system, to forgive someone who has hurt or angered us, to reconcile our own judgments about what should or should not be in our world. If we can reconcile these things as they cross our paths and consciously deal with them in the moment, then we know we're changing the chemistry of our bodies by changing the way we feel, and are thus preparing ourselves for whatever transitions the earth is going to go through. If that makes sense. Wynn: Yes, it does to me. Is there anything really important to close with for our readers that I might have missed? Gregg: For the first time in our history, the fate of our species, our entire species, rests upon the choices of a single generation. And what we've just done is talked about what some of those choices are all about. Footnotes:You can see photographs of a ship buried in the ice, right on top of the mountain. The government in Turkey is now refusing to let anyone excavate because of all the religious implications. Source:www.spiritofmaat.com/archive/jan3/braden.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ Karen Bishop's latest. Notice she says: "It is then that we know that we have hit the wall and can go no further within the old reality. Similar to the dying process in the old 3D reality, if we can trust and let go, our journey will be much simpler and filled with much more grace and love."July 9 , 2008
LAYING THE NEW FOUNDATION AND THE MEANING OF OUR STORE-FRONTS Greetings! (Several of you have written wanting more clarification on the meaning of store-fronts. I have written a brief section at the end of this energy alert for those of you who may be interested in what I frequently refer to as “our store-fronts.”) Like aftershocks following a massive earthquake, we have experienced several minor shifts in the weeks following the solstice and full moon, and even since the last energy alert of July 1. As more and more souls catch up and find themselves in very new energetic spaces, this creates another shift of unity and cohesion, and thus, another awesome shift of a positive feeling nature occurs as we suddenly begin to feel as though more is settling in. Yes, we are settling in now, if even in small and continuous steps. Re-connecting is the theme and purpose now, and until we find ourselves re-connecting to a fair degree, the road can seem rocky, unpredictable, scary, out of sync, strange, confusing and nonsensical, and perhaps even grossly uncomfortable as we do not seem to know where we are or what is going on around us and within us. This last energy upheaval of the June 21st time frame reminds me of the Big Bang theory of evolution. I really know nothing of physics and these types of things, so please bear with me. What is occurring now is something similar to the Big Bang if one were to read the current energies of late. These energies of June blew just about everything out of the water or out of its old groove so that much could begin again. This is what is causing the stress, insecurity, confusion, and nonsensical feelings many of us are experiencing. After we have separated and spread out as far as we can go (and some are still spreading out), we can then connect once again. In this way, we may find that our loved ones and those near and dear to us are leaving and going somewhere else. It may seem that we are being permanently separated from those with whom we have shared the closest connections. It may seem like much of everything is “going away” and that our lives have completely broken down and fallen apart (along with ourselves!). The separation needs to occur, as we need to find out who we really are, we need to re-connect to our true and authentic selves, we need to connect to Source more fully, and thus, establish a new and stronger re-connection with our foundations. (Some may not need to re-connect at all, but are simply waiting and respecting the re-connection experience of others, if even at a soul or subconscious level.) This separation phase involves a journey which we can only undertake on our own. It is a very private one, distinctive to whom each and every one of us truly is, and needs to be undertaken before we come together once again. It is a rare gift and very sacred process between our souls and our creator. It involves stepping into our soul shoes if we have not yet done this already. After this has been accomplished, we then begin the re-connection to our brothers and sisters once again, and when this occurs, we feel a joy and completion I can barely begin to describe. The time-line for this process can be different for all of us. Some are quite done and others are just beginning. It can greatly depend upon our willingness to let go, surrender to Source, get out of the way, and trust that all is in divine and perfect order. When the re-connection occurs, the masks are removed. For those of us who have been able to see behind the masks for a very long time, it can be quite emotional to now connect more deeply to another who has just now removed his/her mask. It is like coming home! And it is glorious to finally have company! As we near the boundary before we cross over to acceptance and connection into our very new spaces, we can feel a tightness, much stress, like the walls are squeezing in on us, and a fear and panic that we do not know how we will now survive or where we need to go. It is then that we know that we have hit the wall and can go no further within the old reality. Similar to the dying process in the old 3D reality, if we can trust and let go, our journey will be much simpler and filled with much more grace and love. The old reality is indeed gone, and staying within it is what causes these very uncomfortable feelings. As much is beginning to now collapse like a snowball rolling down a massive hill, capturing everything in its path, we really have no choice but to surrender to a higher way of living and being in order to experience a peace, contentment, and unity which can only exist on the other side. The beating down of our old walls within and without which occurred over the past several weeks had a very distinctive purpose. When this phase was occurring, we may have felt that we had been traumatized, beaten up, banged around, and simply worn down. Our ego states needed to be worn away. We needed to arrive at a place where we realized what is was that really and truly mattered. Specific desires and detailed manifestations we may have held for a very long time, could now be replaced by knowing that perhaps what we really and truly wanted all along was the love of another, the simplest things in life, and a unity with our brothers and sisters. Watching our loved ones and animal companions suffering with their own specific dilemmas, struggles, and traumas was difficult indeed, but if we can know that we need only honor and respect the paths they have chosen to get to the other side (without saving them), we can then trust that all is indeed in perfect and divine order. Each and every human being, animal, plant, and the earth are going through this process now. So then, it may have felt as though so much suffering was occurring as the earth and all her inhabitants are adjusting to the new and higher vibrations which are arriving at rapid speed. We may have reached states of being where we greatly cherished the simplest things in life, a small act of kindness, the beauty of a small flower blooming, the sound of a bird singing, and a great gratitude for anything vibrating as goodness, light, and beauty. And it is then that we finally know what really and truly matters. In these times, the contrast can be profound, but it creates within us states of gratitude, clarity of what truly matters, and a deeper connection to those around us….thus assisting in the creation of the unity which we could not seem to embody and embrace any other way. (We decided as a group of souls who came together to create a very new world and reality that this is how we would accomplish the next phase. Things were not moving fast enough…not enough of the inhabitants of the earth were awakening…so we decided to go with the crash course which creates the states of being which were necessary for the evolution of the planet.) Old desires were perhaps initiated from more of our ego states, and as these connections to our ego selves being to dissipate more and more, our desires may change as well. We may not know who we are anymore, as so much of who we thought we were has now left. In this way, we can wonder how to behave now, or perhaps what our real and true power is, or where we are indeed headed as so much of our old selves have now departed. How to cross over that wall and begin experiencing the other side of miracles, unity, immense love and wonder, and living the life of our true and authentic dreams? Let go. Just let go of what you thought was real or important. Allow what is truly real now to enter your space and your reality. Take time for yourself…make it all be about yourself now and what you need to do to rest, self-nurture, exhale, be in the moment, let go of responsibilities, and just stay in your own sanctuary and bask. Find a way to re-charge your battery, rejuvenate, and allow time for you. Say no to commitments, gatherings, appointments and have-to’s as much as you can. Allow yourself time for you, have a willingness to no longer make anything happen, and you will find that everything will simply happen on its own without you needing to be at the helm. Letting go of what no longer feels good or right will allow the new to arrive and place you in a very new space at the same time. TRUST. When we arrive in a higher vibrating space, we usually do not feel like doing a thing. This is usually because we are now filled with much more light, vibrating higher, and in this reality we do not make things happen on our own. Much like the feelings we might have when newly in love with another, we can find it difficult to concentrate, get serious, have any kind of discipline, or go to a job and be present. In the company of love energy, we can get giddy, feel spacey and lost, ungrounded, and just plain lazy while seemingly only wanting to do things pleasurable, joyful, and fun. We are re-booting as well as we ready for the next phase. And after we have our period to exhale, bask, self-nurture and remove ourselves from the outside world, we will again be ready to serve along with experiencing the life of our wildest dreams. Weaving in and out of this process we may also find that much is manifesting for us….much that we could only begin to dream about. When we arrive in Heaven, it is different for each and every one of us. We can choose what we believe Heaven should look like or what we want to experience. We then create our own specific Heaven on Earth and this is happening now. There are many, many versions of Heaven and no one version is right or wrong. Each version represents who we are, what we value and enjoy, and what we are about. In the old 3D reality, after we “died,” we were allowed to experience whatever we chose while we rejuvenated and rested from the 3D experience. After we had our fill, we would usually be ready to move on and many times move on into a position of service to a lower vibrating reality. And this is what is happening now. So then, when we are not residing in our Heaven on Earth, we will be providing service through our store-fronts. Our store-fronts will comprise about 25% of our time while the remaining 75% will be spent residing in and creating the very new communities of another reality here on Earth after we are done basking and having our fill of rejuvenation energy. Our Store-Fronts Until we no longer have the need for money, we will need a portal for money to arrive through. We will need a space on the dimensional border where we can be found. And this will be our store-fronts. As much continues to collapse, our store-fronts will exist to provide service to those on various rungs of the evolutionary ladder. Our store-fronts will be varied and will reflect what our own specific gifts and talents are about. They can be artistic creations, healing practices (healing will still be needed for those who are at certain levels of their evolutionary process, but after individuals reach a certain threshold, healing can be detrimental), teaching services for the creation of the New World, and the like. The store-fronts will completely reflect who our true and authentic selves really are, and this is our gift to the world as we continue to serve and assist our brothers and sisters on varying rungs of their ascension process. And again, store-fronts can also be about our contributions to the creation of the New World. You will know what your store-front is about, as it will reflect something that is really you. And as so much of who we thought we were is leaving so rapidly now, what is left is then the pure gold nugget of our true and authentic selves. It was planned that we would be taken care of during these times. It was planned that we would experience much abundance during this time of new beginnings. We will all be fine. It has been pre-ordained. We have waited until enough of us were ready. It is now time indeed. More and more miracles will manifest for us in the very near future. Yes, it is finally time for our very new beginnings, and new beginnings they are indeed. I could never have imagined that mine would involve the new connections with old and familiar souls that I have recently re-connected with. Oh, how I love the surprises that Source delivers! www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time, Karen ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ OK, here's the last post I promised. Messages speak of us experiencing different realities, humanity splitting off in two directions, and Karen talking of her 'Store Fronts' and dropping down in dimensions. If you are a bit confused by all this, perhaps the following will help bring more meaning to you. Also, if you know or think you might be a Light Worker and are wondering why your progress seems so slow, this one's for you.....Light Worker, you took on a big task when you incarnated on this planet.....Michelle Archangel Raphael's Overview on Ascension
Channeled by Jeannie WeyrickAuthor of Ascension: The Doorway Home World Light Publishing Hi Everyone, this is information about the ascension that I channeled for someone on the Compuserve BB. The questions that were asked are in italics. The information about the ascension was channeled from Archangel Raphael. As with all material, please only take from it what rings true to you. What I'm most curious about, though, is what you perceive ascension to be...not just the process of achieving ascension, but the experience of ascension. Archangel Raphael: While ascending is individual for the Light workers before the final ascension it will be a mass event in the future for everyone on Earth who wishes to take part in it and move on to their next level of spiritual development. Ascending is optional and a choice to be made by each person. The Ascension has been predicted by many civilizations throughout history and is known by other names, it has also been called the Second Coming and the Golden Age. What is happening at this time is that the people on Earth are getting ready for a graduation of sorts. Everyone who wishes to go beyond the 3rd dimension and their current spiritual level has the opportunity to advance beyond them with a lot of help now and in the years to come. Right now the Light workers; many of whom have incarnated from the higher dimensions specifically to help with the ascension in this lifetime, are preparing themselves to consciously ascend. When they do they will be consciously connected to that part of their vast higher dimensional self that is helping the people on Earth with their ascensions. They will be able to use their higher dimensional connection to help the people on Earth. They will be able to teach greater spiritual concepts and truths and show the way for others to ascend. The 5th dimensional Earth is where some people will be ascending to in the final mass ascension. The Earth is multidimensional and like all entities it already exists in several dimensions. The 5D Earth is the next step in spiritual advancement for some people on the Earth. Others will choose to ascend to a non-physical dimension. There are choices to be made by people when they ascend. There are millions of Light workers on Earth right now and most of them have not awakened yet, meaning they have little or no idea of who they are and why they are here right now. When the first of the Light workers ascend they will be writing books and eventually using every form of media to get out information to help awaken these Light workers and teach people in general about the ascension. All people on the Earth today knew about the opportunity of the ascension in this lifetime and it is the main reason they chose to be born during this time period. Each person here wished to experience the ascension in some way, even if it were not to ascend themselves yet. A tremendous effort will be made to make it very clear that this time is not to be feared. It is a time of great joy and spiritual advancement and not a time of destruction and judgement as some believe. Some of the information about this time on Earth that has been received over the last several thousand years was interpreted through fear and very limited beliefs and this has greatly distorted the messages in many cases. Also some of the information received by people about the Ascension was given in code and in metaphors, as in Revelations. Much of what is in Revelations is a metaphor for what the body and consciousness will experience as it is opening to greater energies and awareness and releasing the densities. It is not that these openings and new awareness are violent in any way, but some people will have a very hard time going beyond what and who they are now and seeing themselves in a greater Light; in a more expanded way. What happens? Where do you go? What do you do? Can it be communicated in a way that a lay-person could understand? The Light workers are from a variety of dimensions which are well above the 5D.They are also from a variety of places. Some are from planets that have already evolved into the higher dimensions and some are from non-physical dimensions. But all of the Light workers who choose to have a planetary existence from the higher dimension that they are here from are teachers and messengers of All That Is (God) and are here to help implement the Divine Plan. As such they would be considered more like angelic beings than as "ETs" in the way that many people understand the term "ET".The ETs that most people think of as "aliens" are from the 3rd/4th dimensions and not necessarily any more spiritually advanced than the people on Earth. "ETs" from the lower dimensions are not "Beings of Light". A Being of Light is a person who has developed beyond the limitations of the 3rd/4th dimensions and is operating with conscious connection to their Higher Self. They also have God Consciousness, meaning they have an understanding of Oneness with All That Is and all of creation on an intimate level. So what each Light worker experiences in their own personal ascension will be unique and individual depending on the dimension they are from and the place that they are ascending "home" to. The dimensions are not really numbered one through whatever. Any numbers given are just used as a reference to what people think of as the 3rd dimension. The dimensions exist as different levels of consciousness. As you advance in dimensions you expand your understanding and capacity for love and your ability to help and serve others. There are an unlimited number of dimensions. There can also be many different places within each dimensions, just like there are many, many planets within the 3rd dimension. The number of dimensions are not limited because beings are ever advancing, growing and creating more dimensions and places within each dimension to experience. When a Light worker ascends they consciously connect and start to merge back with the portion of their higher dimensional self from which they incarnated here from. In some cases their higher dimensional self may be very vast and have many different aspects of itself. During the ascension process this merging back with your higher dimensional self starts to take place right from the beginning. The ascension process is accomplished in part by doing energy and consciousness expansion work with your higher dimensional self. This work is usually done with the help of your personal guides, who are many times a part of your extended spiritual family in the higher dimensions. Energy is Divine Light. It is what everyone and every thing is made of in all dimensions. It carries with it God Consciousness and it is how All That Is experiences all creation; all portions of itself. The Divine energy can carry within it great love and information. The energy used to help you can also be the personal energy of your higher self, one of your guides, Sananda or any Ascended Master or Angelic Being or group of beings. What makes it their personal energy is that they channel the Divine energy through themselves adding their love and wisdom first before channeling it through you for your ascension work or for channeled information or just to share their love with you. The more that you expand your consciousness and raise your ability to work with the Divine energy the greater your capacity to merge back with your higher dimensional self and be in conscious communications with them and other beings in the higher dimensions. After ascending and merging back with their higher dimensional self the Light workers will live and work in the higher dimensions and on the Earth, moving back and forth between the dimensions. The people who are ascending for the first time into the 5D in the final ascension will be very consciously connected with their higher self and have the opportunity to choose where in the 5D they wish to go for their next step in learning and growing. They will stay in the 5D afterwards and not come back to the 3rd/4th dimensional Earth. The 5D is a dimension that offers both physical planetary experiences and non-physical experiences to choose from. So there is a difference in what will be experienced by the Light workers, who will ascend "back home" but stay on the 3D Earth physically too to help with the ascension and the people who will ascend into the 5D for the first time in the final mass ascension and remain there. There is an acclimation process after the initial ascension experience in all cases. The Light workers will experience themselves going back home to the dimension and place they come from, but it will be done in a step by step process over a period of time. This process is very individual and the steps taken and the length of time needed to complete the process will depend on the individual person. They have to expand their consciousness slowly to go from being a 3D person, which they became by incarnating here, to merging back with the higher dimensional being that they incarnated here from. In the higher dimensions when you reach a certain point of advancement the twin flames, the male/female halves unite to form a single being. In those dimensions a lot of time is spent being non-physical, but you can manifest a body and a physical environment if and when that is desired. The body that is manifested can either be male, female or a single androgynous body. While twin flames are united beings they can still manifest as either their male or female portions even as their consciousness is totally joined as one. Most of the Ascended Masters, from the dimensions that they are channeled from are united beings in this way, even though they are channeled as either their male or female self. All of the Archangels and other very spiritually advanced beings are also united beings in this way. Some of the Light workers will be ascending back to a dimension that is non-physical and where their higher dimensional self is a united male/female being. After Light workers ascend and are acclimated they will be able to use their higher dimensional knowledge and abilities to help people. Tens of thousands of Light workers world wide will be able to help people and the Earth by bringing about greater spiritual and cosmic understanding. The Light workers will ascend as they are personally ready, but most will ascend before the final ascension of the Earth. The people of the Earth have a choice as to whether they ascend or not, as does every Light worker. The 3D Earth will continue to exist after the ascension. The ascension is a spiritual awakening and for those who choose it, a step to their next level of spiritual advancement. There is no need for it to be accompanied by years of strife and destruction to be accomplished. Everyone on Earth will know that preparation for the ascension is taking place and will have an opportunity to participate if they wish to. There is also the possibility of a "golden age" starting on the 3D Earth for the people who choose not to ascend. If people learn from the spiritual teachings and higher dimensional wisdom being offered during the years of preparation for the ascension then they can use that knowledge to make the Earth a much better place to live. Choosing not to ascend is a perfectly valid choice and will be made on both a higher self and a conscious mind level. For all of the people on Earth this can be a wondrous time of awaking to the spiritual being that they are and an opportunity to move on to a much more complex and rewarding life at the next level of their spiritual development. Archangel RaphaelSource: www.geocities.com/Athens/5484/4-jean2.htm------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ [glow=red,2,300]Update:[/glow] I just received news of the following; it is intended for tomorrow, Sunday. The author is asking you to set aside Sunday as a transformational day for yourself. Remember, if you want to change the world, you must become that change yourself.
"You never change things by fighting the existing reality. To change something, build a new model that makes the existing model obsolete."- R. Buckminster Fuller[/b] Michelle The Prophecy of Love Day
An exciting new development just happened which I will share with you now.
On Christmas eve I was taking a shower when I suddenly felt a rush of tremendous golden-white Light pour into me. Then, several voices in unison spoke to me saying, " The day of the fulfillment of the prophecy given long ago draws nigh. We would ask you to be the messenger for this day which shall be called the Prophecy of Love day, in your time and calendar July 13th 2008. We would ask that for 24 hours on this your day of July 13th, 2008, that people all over your planet would commune at all of the Sacred places upon beloved Gaia and allow the energies of unconditional love to flood every cell, every fiber, and every molecule of their Beings. We will be focusing our collective energies upon each of you as you do this. The frequency of Love that you will feel in your bodies will be more than you have ever felt before because of this collective focus. If you would do this you will literally become Lightning Rods of Love.
We ask you to hold this energy and not to project it outward. After 24 hours of receiving and Being unconditional love it will become apparent to you that, indeed without projecting, your outer world will have already changed.
If 1 million or more of you will answer this call then all of the other prophecies of destruction and doom will be shifted. For it is Love that will bring balance and harmony to your world.
Focus not upon what you think is wrong in your world rather focus on the Kingdom of Heaven manifested now within the hearts of all creatures and upon Terra and it will be so.
If you cannot be at one of the Sacred power points then find the quiet in nature. If this is not possible then be a Loving rod right where you are for your bodily temple is the temple of a Living God.
On this day a tidal wave of Love will sweep across your planet and all life upon her and the veil of separation shall be lifted and you will know that truly you and the Creator are One.
Not only are you rendering this great service for your planet, but for all of creation and in this we bow before you in deep gratitude."
When I was very young I had a dream where I was handed a book about a prophecy. Before I could read it I was awakened. I believe this prophecy of Love day was the prophecy given to me in that dream.
Sacred Mount shasta is the focal point for this great event. I believe that it was chosen because it is the heart center of the crown chakra on this planet. We will be having a three day conference called prophecy, New science and The Days to come (Prophecy of Love) July 11th-13th.
We ask you to create beautiful gatherings wherever you are and also to listen to your heart to see where you are guided to be. This is a call to move beyond religious belief and dogma. Love knows no boundaries or is tied to any belief system.
Will you join with me in going beyond the limited parameters we have lived our lives by and move into the unlimited realms where the God's and goddesses abide?
Will you join me in making a difference for the destiny of our Beloved Planet?
Please share this far and wide and help to get this message to every country in this world.
Stay tuned to this website as we add updates. If you would like to help or have ideas you would like to share or dreams that you have had please email me
Let us merge together each of our precious threads and weave the most beautiful tapestry of Love that will be felt throughout the Cosmos.
Happy New Year! Jonathon Goldyn ShalomarSource: www.shalomarproductions.com/prophesyoflove.php
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jul 25, 2008 14:32:01 GMT 4
Friday, 07/25/08, 5:45 AM EST TODAY, TODAY! I AM OUT OF TIME!!!!! [literally, Folks!]
Today, is a very special one: Mayan Day Out of Time ~ World Day of Love & Thanks to Water - THIS 25 July 2008earthheal.blogspot.com/2008/07/mayan-day-out-of-time-and-day-for.htmlJuly 25 is the 365th day of the year of the Thirteen Moon Calendar, an harmonic timing standard that measures the year in thirteen even months of 28 days each, a perpetual calendar of 52 perfect weeks, making a total of 364 days. The 365th day, the "Day Out of Time", is no day of the week or month at all, but truly a Day Out of Time.For this reason, this special day is observed as the day to cancel debts, to pardon and forgive, and to celebrate life, community, love, universal forgiveness, atonement and purification, through art and culture. The day has been celebrated since 1992, and was proposed by Jose Arguelles, author of The Mayan Factor, and originator of the 1987 Harmonic Convergence World Peace Meditation, with his partner, Lloydine. (...) July 25, 2008 is also the day designated by Dr. Masaru Emoto as the global Day of Love and Thanks to Water. This is a day to say "I love you" and "Thank you" to all the waters of the planet and fill them with the highest possible vibration (HADO) of Love and Thanks. CLIPYou can read more at the website above. I encourage you to explore all the links given on today's event. Before my next post here, I also ask you to pay particular attention to the information given under Dr. Masaru Emoto's work....I will be speaking of this next post.This morning, as I walk under the rising sun, I will view the beautiful Allegheny River I live next to and give thanks for her blessings to my community and I. I also had a meltdown of sorts this past week, and will be giving thanks to my own healing tears of water....more on that later...not today.
Later in the day, my son, friends and I will attend the 14th Annual Pittsburgh Blues Festival, outside, under the sun, barefoot on the grass of Mother Earth. We get in free today for each bringing a bag of food. The Pittsburgh Blues Festival has raised over $800,000 to provide nutritious food to more than 120,000 served by Greater Pittsburgh Community Food Bank. Thanks to sponsors, proceeds from ticket, beverage, and some food sales go to the Food Bank.
Today at the festival is **Mardi Gras Night** and I love cajun/zydego music! If you're there, look for my long-haired son and I; we'll be the ones levitating above the grass!!!!!
Before I go, here's an interesting site I found:Dreamspell Mayan Astrology Readingswww.astrodreamadvisor.com/free_mayan_readings.html# Before you get started, you are instructed to find your Dreamspell Galactic Signature for a free astrology reading. Try it out; it can give you much insight into who you are, where you're from, and why you're here. Below my name, you'll find my own Galactic Signature.
Carpe diem! Michelle
White Electric World-Bridger Blue Western Castle of Burning Earth family- Cardinal Clan- Blood Galactic Activation Portal
I activate in order to equalize Bonding opportunity I seal the store of death With the electric tone of service I am guided by the power of heart I am a galactic activation portal......enter me ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D ;D
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Jul 28, 2008 16:51:38 GMT 4
CURRENT ASCENSION SYMPTOMS, TOOLS FOR COMFORT, AND WHAT IS YET TO COME I know I said I would post info on Dr. Masaru Emoto's work in my last message here....I'm just not ready to put that together yet. What I do have for you here is Karen Bishop's newest, which I feel is more important right now. I would have put it up sooner, but the alerts frequently aren't posted when I first get notified of their arrival. In my last post, I mentioned a recent meltdown I had...It was a bad one, folks, and after reading Karen's latest, I see that I'm not the only one to experience such upheaval. Except for the commentary on Barack Obama [I'm staying out of discussing the presidential race], I can confirm most of what is listed here. This Statement hit home with me:When we reach the higher realms, much is purified and only the most refined states and energies remain. In this way, we are then in alignment with who we are and what we are about in our purest state. This relates to our own special purpose and contribution, and thus, we can no longer be in anyone else's reality, dream, or the like.Some of my closest friends, whom I feel are the nearest to me in vibrational patterns, were driving me crazy by pulling me into their own visions of future. Folks, no one but you knows what's best for you and their hopes and dreams need to be walked to by themselves; ascension is a deeply personal process....be very careful of making plans with people right now unless it is general stuff for the planet. Or at least that's been one of my latest reoccurring lessons!
This too stuck me as relevant:After we reach a higher vibration within, we are then vibrating higher than our old wounds, past experiences, and the like. In other words, we have evolved beyond lower vibrating experiences which caused whatever needed to be healed. If we receive a healing in this new state of being, it can only serve to take us back into old denser energy and re-activate something which no longer exists. A healing at this stage can really screw us up and get us out of alignment and off track, and is most certainly not necessary. This mostly pertains to certain types of counseling, healing modalities which serve to clear out old energies by needing to connect to them first, or any modality that focuses on what is “wrong.” During my 'meltdown,' which involved all that has been hard about my life situation, I rehashed it all and came back to the one contributing factor of it all. I thought that this needed to be examined or dealt with to get it out of my way. Truth is, it HAS been dealt with, for I have been shown over and over, that I am protected and taken care of.....except that I have to be patient because assistance comes, but usually at the last minute. I guess I lost faith in the way it currently works for me. I believe this made everything much more intense than was necessary; for I went through damn near every symptom listed below. I told my son to get the hell away from me and let me die [what an ass I was!]. But, in a way, I DID die, or at least those old parts of me that were dragging me back died.
One more thing before I leave you to your reading: In the last post, I gave you this great link:Dreamspell Mayan Astrology Readingswww.astrodreamadvisor.com/free_mayan_readings.html#My personal report put things in perpective for me and actually helped pull me out of my funk. Then a couple of days later, I looked again at the site and ran my Mayan Astrology Wavespell. These wavespells come every 260 days and last for 13 days. Guess what? My wavespell coincided exactly with my meltdown!!! It would have helped much to be able to examine the message each day had for me. Ah well, there's no reason why you can't benefit from my too late discovery. Here's what you do: After you find your Galactic Signature at the above link, go here and you will be guided to what to do next:Find your Mayan Astrology Wavespell www.astrodreamadvisor.com/Mayan_20_Wavespells.htmlKaren mentions below that some of us have chosen to lag behind so more can climb on board.....You know, I always knew I'd be one who would do this. I made this choice as a soul; I could have never choosen to extend my situation this long in this life! All I can say is: What an ambitious soul I was!....But then again, I always seem to tackle the seemingly impossible.....
On that note, I need a nap!!! ;D
Blessings to ALL, LIGHT Speed, MichelleSubject: I Believe God Wants You To Know Date: 7/28/2008 7:12:53 AM Eastern Daylight Time From: today@nealedonaldwalsch.com On this day of your life, dear friend, I believe God wants you to know...
..that you can be happy right here, not tomorrow, not
in ten minutes, but now. You can be happy right now.
Byron Katie said that, and she is right. Happiness is
allowing yourself to be okay with what is, rather than
wishing for, and bemoaning, what is not.
Obviously, what is is what is supposed to be, or it
would not be. The rest is just you, arguing with life.
Somewhere along the way you will have to learn to
just Trust Life. (Read that, "Trust God.") Why not
start today?
Love, Your Friend....CURRENT ASCENSION SYMPTOMS, TOOLS FOR COMFORT, AND WHAT IS YET TO COME July 24 , 2008 Greetings! (Part I of this energy alert is coming first as I didn’t want to wait much longer to post a new alert. Part II should be ready the day after Part I, and I will send an e-mail notification when it is ready as well. Part II will be posted on the web site and added to Part I on the same page.) Part I I have been away in North Carolina for the past week or so, connecting with my new twin grandbabies who were born very suddenly on June 12th and still in intensive care, so it has been a bit longer than usual in between energy alerts. The babies are doing remarkably well…Solomon went home on Wednesday, and we are hoping that Arion will soon follow. My daughter Ari is also doing extremely well after a very complicated and serious emergency c-section. The new little ones who have been arriving now in droves have a very special mission at hand, laying the new grid and providing a very strong and solid foundation for the new world. These little ones are incredibly strong and know exactly what they are doing…and communicating with them telepathically was an exciting and fulfilling experience which brought much joy and great hope for the promise of the new world to come. We are all so blessed to have so many new souls carrying a higher vibration wanting to be here now. They are very instrumental in assisting with the stability of the new as the old is now so rapidly falling away. I was blessed to leave with everything wonderfully on track and much love and happiness abounding. The past six weeks after their arrival and the week or two leading up to it were an emotional roller coaster ride for my loved ones, as I know that many of you are experiencing this same ride, although for many different and varied reasons of your own. But just like the situation with Ari and the babies, everything will eventually straighten itself out as new alignments and connections to the higher realms are eventually made stronger. We are still experiencing many symptoms resulting from the solstice energies. I have not felt this way myself since the shifts began in earnest around the year 2000. There is much, much movement now. But these ascension symptoms repeat themselves again and again as our ascension process continues to progress, only more and more individuals are being affected as the whole is beginning to wake up and is now ready to come on board. For this energy alert I have listed some common symptoms many may be experiencing, why they are occurring, what is to come in relation to them, and some comforts that may be of help. At the end of the energy alert I will also address your many inquiries about healing and why it can be detrimental as one begins to vibrate higher (this will be in Part II). This energy alert may be a long one as I have not written since July 9th, so I have added some subtitles to give you the opportunity to skip sections if you wish. It can be burdensome at times to have to wade through a long text during these trying times! Panic, anxiety, and depression: The solstice energies uprooted much. It was time for the big shake-up, we had prepared all we could, and hence….here it came with a bang! Most of everything was blasted out of its groove and is still floating around without having landed. This involves real manifestations such as the economy, the old systems of the 3D reality, and the loss of jobs and income, etc. Emotionally, even if you are one who has not experienced any of these, you may simply feel the emotions of those around you…if only from simply walking out your front door in the middle of nowhere all by yourself! Panic can occur when we feel great loss beyond our control and feelings of “the end.” I had extreme panic many years ago when the shifts first began, and very few were experiencing any of this. In addition, there was nothing really manifesting in real form (or in the outside reality) in regard to “ending” at that time, so then, we can feel panic and anxiety at a subconscious and higher level when we know that we are evolving and leaving much behind….even if we literally are not. It is just that we are going into a higher dimension and not everyone else is going with us at that time. But now, the endings are manifesting in real form, so we have a double whammy for sure (this is because it is finally time for the whole to begin its journey of coming on board). Experiencing endings before the new has arrived can cause extreme insecurity, panic, fear, and uncertainty. We are human beings still, and thus have emotions at a human level. This is one of the many challenges of ascension…dying while we are alive and still in human form. But we are continuing on, at some level know that we are here for this purpose, and thus seem to hang in there through it all. I believe we are doing a fine job and am so proud to be part of our whole! Our souls are very strong indeed…we have been around for a very long time. In addition, we are in the process of once more losing another layer of our old ego selves. Personality traits and behaviors which vibrated lower have suddenly departed. The parts of ourselves which we developed in order to survive a harsher and lower vibrating 3D reality cannot exist here now. Hence, another challenge of ascension and another reason for panic and anxiety. Evolving into an even more sensitive individual without defenses, barriers, or a harsh exterior of protection while still in a harsh, dangerous, and seemingly dark environment can create an immense challenge at best. And now, with the dissolution of so much of the old world in form, as the fall is beginning to snowball, we may wonder how in the world we will survive financially, and how we will sustain ourselves at all. With much of everything leaving, including parts of ourselves we had developed to survive, no wonder many of us are panicky! “Should I even bother trying to create anything new?” you may wonder. “What is the point right now…..or ever?” With so much in seeming chaos, it can be difficult to know which road to be on, or even if your road will still be intact in times to come. “Everything seems up in the air with no solid foundation and no direction.” Again, much has not yet landed in its new groove….but it will, I promise you. “I don’t know who I am anymore. I used to know my purpose and now I am totally and completely lost.” “I cannot go forward in any way…I feel boxed in.” “I feel helpless, vulnerable, powerless, insecure, and at the whim of much of anything.” “My self-confidence is shot. I do not feel remotely good about myself anymore.” And how about this one: “I feel completely invisible, unnoticed, not needed, and certainly not appreciated or valued.” This is because we are vibrating higher and cannot be seen right now. And in addition, so many are in chaos and panic with their own situations, that they cannot see much of anything except what is going on for them. (More about being invisible further on in the energy alert.) “I don’t feel like doing a thing. I am not interested in a thing. I just want to play. I want to retire. I do not want any more responsibilities. I am exhausted. I need to rejuvenate. I need a very long rest….or maybe an endless vacation.” “Don’t bother me. I want to be in my own sacred space away from the outside world.” Or perhaps, “Get me out of here! I want to run away to somewhere very different and never return!” “I want to go home where I fit and things feel right!” Depression and apathy can occur right now as everything is in seeming chaos, we cannot manifest in the way we used to, many are not seeing each other, we are now vibrating higher and the outside and old reality is vibrating lower…which always causes depression as the outside reality has not yet caught up, and there is much suffering occurring (making one wonder if anything “good” will ever happen again). This will pass, I promise, and when it does, we will be grateful for the new space we are in. (Comforts and what is to come will be listed at the end of the common symptoms list in Part II.) Health crises, relationship breakups, job losses, financial stresses, and a general experience of having your life fall apart: We are rapidly accelerating now into a higher dimension, and everything has to go. So then, everything needs to align, get primed, or leave this reality in order to arrive in the new one (and yes, death in the old 3D fashion is a path as well). Whatever is not vibrating at this new and higher level (or whatever level or rung of the ladder is next for you and your loved ones), will receive a corresponding experience of choice at a soul level to create a situation designed to get everyone to where they need to be. Many scenarios are occurring now, and at many different levels. Those more embedded in the mainstream or old reality will experience the most shake-ups, as this world is rapidly leaving now. Those who have been through their own challenges and shake-ups of the ascension process for several years will experience less, but will still be having shake-ups in relation to where they are vibrating…they will just go to a higher level from where they were before, usually involving shake-ups in relation to ego selves and new ways of relating and being. Are you behind if your life is really collapsing now? Have you missed the boat? Are you not where you should be? Is something wrong with you? Are you being punished? Are you not “ascending” fast enough? Absolutely not. At our soul levels, we are all right where we need to be. Some of us chose to lag a little further behind as we needed to hold the space at that particular level until it was time to move our level ahead and take many with us. We are all masters here, knowing exactly what we are doing and doing it remarkably well. We know where we need to be. There are no mistakes. And sometimes different choices are made as well, and this is when suffering usually occurs to encourage us to make another choice in order to be in alignment with our original soul plan. We each have a unique and different scenario going according to what feels best to each and every one of us. A health crisis is one of the first ways many choose to begin aligning to Source and our souls. It usually gets our egos out of the way in a crash course style, so it is a good and common choice to begin with. Loss of control is paramount then, so we become dependent on a higher power and really learn to surrender and trust. This is happening now for many who are just starting their process. Relationship breakups are common as well. One soul begins to vibrate higher and the other soul usually sets the higher vibrating soul free by “dumping” them. If we can know why, and that the “dumping” soul is doing so because of a great love for us and as a great support for our continued growth, we can then know that all is in divine and perfect order. We will all meet up in the end anyway and laugh and cry and hug each other. Another scenario which is occurring more frequently now is when two souls totally separate to give each soul an opportunity to find itself entirely on its own without having the support or leaning on one another. When each one learns to connect individually to who they really are, to their souls and to Source, they can then find each other again and re-unite. This is why it is becoming more common now for things to separate completely before they can re-unite one again. Job losses have always been a common ascension experience. As we begin to vibrate higher than our job in the main stream world, we are thus separated from it. We were not meant to suffer through this process, so most of the time (the far majority of the time) we are somehow miraculously taken care of. Much is falling apart now as the old world is taking its fall. Much is then being turned inside out or rather finally right side up. Re-aligned, re-aligned, re-aligned. The higher dimensions serve to magnify everything. So then, for those who have been on their ascension path for quite awhile, or perhaps even purged and released much in a short period of time, what is then magnified will be much more pleasurable. This is why miracles and new beginnings can occur for some and not for others. And again, we are all right where we need to be with our own set of individual challenges at each level. Sleeping and wanting to nap all day: Those bearing a significant amount of light carried much in regard to the ascension process, and this role is now over for awhile. Now we get to rest. A large part of our “job” is done. We have let go and get to hibernate and take some time for ourselves. So then, all we might want to do is rest, take it easy, S-L-E-E-P, and be a slug. No more carrying the light for the entire planet…no more lifting it up….no more new projects right away…..no more supporting, holding, and saving. Just like a long rest after being in labor before birthing a new baby, a rest is needed before we experience the very new baby. Experiencing great distress at and/or a strong need to no longer be alone: In the higher realms, there is no separation. Unity vibrates much higher. As we begin to vibrate higher, we are now wired for unity. Thus, being alone no longer feels good or remotely right. It can feel downright uncomfortable at best and encourage us to seek out new group connections, re-unions with family or perhaps relocations where family and friends are, and the like. Innately we know it is time for community. Only wanting to do what you want to do, or rather not wanting to do anything you “have to” or what someone else wants to do: When I first got clobbered with major ascension symptoms, I really had this one. I thought that I must be the most selfish person in the world, and thus tried to “tap” this seeming issue away through EFT, which was how I addressed my symptoms in the beginning before I was no longer able to (EFT is Emotional Freedom Technique…a process for restoring yourself to a higher level of being through tapping the meridian points on your body. I believe their website url is www.emofree.com ). Much to my surprise, I discovered that this state of being cannot be removed, as it is one which vibrates higher, believe it or not! When we reach the higher realms, much is purified and only the most refined states and energies remain. In this way, we are then in alignment with who we are and what we are about in our purest state. This relates to our own special purpose and contribution, and thus, we can no longer be in anyone else’s reality, dream, or the like. As we begin to vibrate higher, we also share a reality or dream with our soul team along with the general reality of the whole, so we still do have overlaps in some ways. Sounds strange, but wanting to do what lights us up and what we can relate to is where we need to be. Feeling invisible and not valued or needed: Some of us may feel invisible because we are invisible. This latest shift in June catapulted everyone higher and many are vibrating higher than others who are in the old world, so we are no longer noticed. We may not be in the land of problems, crises, and the like, so we literally no longer live there and cannot be seen. So right now, for the most part, we are not yet ready to be seen or needed as not enough of the whole have hit their rock bottom. We need to be “asked” for our knowledge, talents, and assistance, and will not be until souls reach this point and get desperate or completely lost. Most must surrender first. As we have been growing our angel wings for awhile now, and still have far to go yet, just like angels, we will be asked for help, guidance, love, re-assurance, and then be able to assist those in need. So just like situations which we ourselves have experienced when we surrender and then the light arrives, we will be able to be that light for others, but not until they surrender and ask. This time is coming, but it is not quite here yet, but will be very soon. Feeling beat up, abused, worn down, and clobbered at every turn: It will get better. Things will smooth out. We are not given more than we can handle, but just enough to fall apart so that our ego selves have to get out of the way. We can no longer be in charge like we used to, as it is our connection to our souls and to Spirit which calls the shots now. When we become beaten down, we begin to appreciate the smallest of things, and in the higher realms, it is only the simple things that really matter. As we evolve, we come to realize that the little things we thought were so important were only coming from our ego selves anyway. We begin to value and appreciate the love and friendship of another above all else, the life of community, and the kindness of our brothers and sisters. Our picky old ego selves are seemingly gone, and we realize that what we thought was so important really was not important at all. Stay tuned for Part II…(if you’re still with me!) Part II More symptoms…but lots of wonderful things are arriving now and due to soon arrive as well! We are really getting over the hump now, so some of these symptoms may have already passed for some of you, or perhaps never occurred at all. No sense of place: It is very common to have this feeling during or right after a substantial shift of the energies. We receive an internal shake-up, are catapulted to a new level of vibration, and the outside reality no longer fits us. We can thus feel that we no longer belong anywhere, cannot relate to anyone or anything, feel quite alone, and nothing much feels good to us anymore. I have listed some comforts for this symptom further along in this energy alert. A need to eat often with what feels like low blood sugar attacks, or simply wanting to gorge on food: When we are re-aligning within and greatly morphing, our bodies can really take a hit and thus require much more energy than normal. Protein is the key here. During these times I have to eat every two hours and this includes a healthy dose of protein. The gorging or wanting to fill up is a different thing. With so much loss occurring along with losing much of who we thought we were, we can at times have a desire to fill up somehow. This can manifest as wanting to eat large amounts of food and wanting to really feel full. Craving anything “new”: After we move ahead to a higher vibrating “level” or dimension, it can feel uncomfortable to be in anything “old.” For those who are highly sensitive, this can manifest as severe discomfort and an almost gagging or repulsion for anything which existed before. It is in our wiring….we are being encouraged to move ahead into the new, or rather can no longer tolerate the lower vibrations or things of the past. We have been reborn and are now vibrating within a very new space and reality. Becoming easily overloaded and overwhelmed: With the new energies now in place, much has been dislodged and relocated to a new residency. Much pushing then, is occurring. This can cause feelings of hyperventilation, squeezing, headaches, and an overall feeling of stress. With so much going on within and without, we can easily become overloaded. Rest is vitally important now, as well as saying “no” to much and being willing to stay simple. When I experienced this scenario to an extreme many years ago, I could not even have a conversation, as it used up too much of my energy reserves. Resting and making things simple was my only salvation. This greatly assisted with the panic and anxiety as well. Forgetting where you are and losing your place: Many times when I am driving in vast expanses of country here in the Southwest, I can forget where I am, who I am, or what reality I am in. This can occur at other times as well when we begin to vibrate higher. It is as if we are not connected to anything at times, and are thus hanging out there in a space which gives us the opportunity to create whatever we choose. As we vibrate higher, we hold onto much less. Energy is in and out, very quickly and moves very fast without clinging or holding on. Anything not being held in our consciousness will simply cease to exist. Getting used to this can be scary or at best confusing, but it can also allow us to create fresh and new at any given moment. There are countless other symptoms relating to our ascension process, and many more are listed in The Ascension Primer, as well as in the form of book excerpts for your viewing at the sidebar link on this page at www.whatsuponplanetearth.com, but in order to remain brief for the purposes of an energy alert, I have listed here the most common for this particular time. Tools for Comfort When we go through a substantial shift into a higher dimension, it can really wreak havoc on much of everything within and without. In this regard, it can greatly help if can find ways to stay connected to the higher vibrating energies, as so much else is falling away. During these times we really need to feel good again, and connecting to higher ways of being and living can greatly soothe us. Below are some remedies which I have found to be very helpful during these times: Stay in your creativity as much as possible. In the higher realms, creativity is what it is all about. Thus, creativity always carries a high vibration no matter what dimension we are residing in. For me, sewing, designing a new fabric project, painting, writing, gardening, cooking, and creating much of anything immediately takes me into a beautiful space and I feel wonderful and connected again. It also serves to get any negative thoughts out of the way, as well as our ego selves! Be in the company of as many little ones as possible. Our little ones naturally carry a higher vibration and we can easily feel oh so connected once again. We see them and they see us. They match us so much more closely than much of anything else. My granddaughter Amayah has saved me countless times during an ascension shift. These little ones love us as much as we love them! Get distracted and stay away from the news, the outside world if need be, and just keep as busy as possible in your own world. This past week while I was at my daughter’s we had no TV, no internet, and spent almost all of our time readying for the arrival home of the babies, playing, laughing, eating, and cuddling. It was pure bliss. The only reality I was aware of was the reality of a loving environment with my family and four grandchildren. We slept together, showered together, massaged each other, combed each other’s hair, and basically found ourselves continually in one big ball of golden brown and white skin (my grandchildren are African-American bi-racial)! Spend time in nature as much as possible. This can be a tough one right now, as even when we are in nature, we can still pick up all the changing and disruptive energies. But the earth is ascending as our vehicle, and being around her energies can connect us as well. Here in the high desert of New Mexico we are experiencing the monsoons and it is awesomely beautiful. Incredible sunsets, magnificent cloud formations, the smell of wet sage, and wildflowers abounding can make one feel as if they have arrived in heaven. Take a break and rest. If you are able to, take a day designated just for you. Read a trashy magazine, lay in bed all day, go for a walk, read a pleasurable book (not a self-help book!), tinker around the house, or just sit in the sun. Things will indeed begin to rev up for you again, if they have not yet begun to do so, so a time out now can really be what is needed. Bond with your animal companions. They are a part of our individual community and our family and it can feel wonderful to spend as much time with them as possible as a part of our whole. Just stay away from what is crashing and re-aligning…or stay in your sacred space. Our sacred space, or what we have created, is very much in alignment with who we are. Thus, we can feel secure, grounded, and just plain good when we are there. Staying home can feel best at times. What Is Yet To Come Things will be settling down as our re-connections become more and more intact, and this is already beginning now. And yes, everyone will begin to experience miracles and new beginnings. Hitting rock bottom created opportunities for change for many, so then, much will be re-structured, re-aligned, and settled into very new spaces. Much will be different and will continue to evolve and change in a disruptive and destructive way until we reach 2012. Thus, there will continue to be upheavals for a few more years for many, but most of everything will be intact and ready for the very New World to be created fully by 2012. Coming together in community will be paramount, and we will be forming smaller groups of supportive souls who know each other intimately in times to come. Our old ways of living and being created separation, anonymity, and the like, and this will soon be a reality of the past. Travel will be greatly compromised, and this will serve to support the unity reality. Air and auto travel will be highly limited to those of affluence, and air travel will almost be rare. Train travel will be the norm and serve as the primary source of movement into other areas, as well as smaller inventions for very local travel yet to be introduced. Families and loved ones will relocate in order to be together geographically and to serve as support units for their whole. The walls of judgment, separation, and ego-personality states will rapidly dissipate through these times of change. The area where I currently reside is comprised of retired Buddhist monks, a strong gay community, retired main stream individuals, healers, Mormons, and many creative artists. Everyone here gets along as we need to support each other. It becomes easy to see only the soul, beauty, and gifts and talents of another while disregarding the package they are contained in, as we are all one and we greatly need each other. And this is how it will be for most everyone soon. We will actually finally “see” each other! “Local” will be paramount. Smaller communities will sustain themselves and support each other. And this is when our own special gifts and talents will be needed, recognized, and highly revered. This is the way of the higher realms. And yes, smaller communities can exist within a metropolitan area as well. Where I currently live, the nearest store is an hour away. But we have avid gardeners and growers here, a strong farmer’s market, we each share our experiences and supports for sustainable and natural building, and I can literally hike, write, get my mail, connect with others, take yoga, and much else without leaving my own back yard. In this way, the gas prices have very little impact as well. I rarely need to get in my car. Running errands is virtually extinct. Barack Obama will become president of the US. His soul has predestined this path at this particular time. He carries past life energy of Abraham Lincoln and other masters and highly evolved beings. This has been planned at higher levels for some time now. He brings the energy of unity and change and will have an effect which we have not seen in eons of time. I have known this for quite some time, but Hillary followers got very angry with me! If you are one who favors John McCain, please refrain from letting me know. This was not my idea…I am just the messenger! The supports we have longed for, for so very long, will finally arrive. And they will come in the form of each other. Financial supports will arrive through our store-fronts (kindly find more detailed information about store-fronts in the energy alert for July 9th located in the archives). August of 2008 will bring in some beautiful energy. Much will have been resolved and settled in by then, and thus, more will be intact at last. We will experience another opening to the higher levels, and like fairy dust being sprinkled over us, the magic will appear at every turn. I tear up when I see these times as they are so very beautiful. Why Healing Can Be Detrimental When We Reach A Higher VibrationAfter we reach a higher vibration within, we are then vibrating higher than our old wounds, past experiences, and the like. In other words, we have evolved beyond lower vibrating experiences which caused whatever needed to be healed. If we receive a healing in this new state of being, it can only serve to take us back into old denser energy and re-activate something which no longer exists. A healing at this stage can really screw us up and get us out of alignment and off track, and is most certainly not necessary. This mostly pertains to certain types of counseling, healing modalities which serve to clear out old energies by needing to connect to them first, or any modality that focuses on what is “wrong.” In addition, the ascension process serves to prepare us for the higher realms completely on its own. It is a beautiful process that knows exactly what it is doing quite naturally. If we try to assist or interfere, to expedite it or make it happen by ourselves, we will only serve to open way too fast, create discomfort, jump ahead of where we are and thus not be aligned, and perhaps make our loving non-physical care takers wonder what in the world we are doing as they are so lovingly monitoring the whole process! In the beginning stages of ascension healings can be very helpful. They can serve to relieve some of the pain and suffering resulting from the higher energies hitting and activating old wounds which need to be cleared and released. But even then, this assisting process needs to be monitored very carefully and it can be tricky. So then, for those just beginning their journey, healings can greatly help. But after a certain threshold has been met, they only serve to be detrimental to the recipient. Many of you who are healers will know through your expertise who needs what and when. You are masters at connecting to the higher energies and allowing them to run through you while getting out of the way. I have not had a healing in many years and have been fine. Most of what I am referring to here is in regard to the ascension process. I still go to the dentist, took an antibiotic when I had a kidney stone, and would seek medical attention if needed in an emergency (such as a rattlesnake bite!), although I have not been to a doctor for many years. Hope this helps those of you who have been asking…it can be difficult to explain but I would imagine you get the drift, and if you are called to be a healer (as we all have the ability to heal), you would have this sense and expertise without me explaining. In addition, as we evolve higher, we begin to have the desire to simply have a life. We want to create the life of our dreams and be in it. We no longer have a desire to save or fix. Healers will still be needed though, for those evolving up the ascension ladder, so healers will still be needed and highly revered in this arena. A Post Script Okay, okay, because so many of you have hinted and inquired (smile)…..yes, Phil and I have re-united and have been very much together for several weeks now. It was time for someone who was a much better match for me to arrive, and it turned out to be Phil. He had made some dramatic shifts, come into his soul shoes, and we were thrown back together in a miraculous and synchronistic way. So many times I have told him, “Who are you and what happened to Phil?” I have certainly had some changes in my energy as well. Expecting someone completely different to arrive, I had to realize that the form that someone different came in did not matter, and when I realized this, it was perfection! A re-birth, a very new beginning, almost like a re-incarnation into a new reality with him, is now at our disposal. We are currently working on creating a dvd of tours of the ancient ruins and the like, in order to bring to you information about living and being in the higher dimensions…just like the ancients did. Although still living in separate residences (and we will for awhile), we are also putting together a new home on my land which will be in alignment with the cosmos, off grid, and very connected to the star beings as well. We hope to share our project with you via dvd, as we will both be residing there when it is ready. Thank you so much for all your support through our journey. We have had concerns that we would appear flakey and unstable, so wanted to wait awhile until we made our re-union public. Our relationship now is completely different than before, and I can only say that it is ultimately the relationship of my dreams. Phil completed years of opening, aligning, and connecting to Source in one short year and a half…he is a remarkable man and I am so very blessed. Although a very ancient soul, he knew nothing of metaphysics, ascension, and the like when I met him. Now he speaks to the non-physicals more frequently than I do! www.whatsuponplanetearth.com Wishing you heaven in your heart, starlight in your soul, and miracles in your life in these miraculous times... Until next time,
Karen
|
|
michelle
Administrator
I have broken any attachments I had to the Ascended Masters and their teachings; drains your chi!
Posts: 2,100
|
Post by michelle on Aug 8, 2008 14:13:48 GMT 4
August 8, 2008 (8-8-8) To all Lightworkers and Keepers of the Earth
Hey, Folks! Today is special; you can read much about it below. On a personal note, today is my brother, David's, birthday. He is schizophrenic and has had a life no one here would ever wish on anyone. Please join me in a small prayer for my brother David:
I call on the Lords of Karma, particularly Quan Yin, to ease my brother's suffering. David, on this special day, may you find the peace and serenity available by igniting the Christ Light within your heart.
In Love and Gratitude, Michelle "At 8:00 am/pm on August 8, 2008 (8-8-8) all Lightworkers and Keepers of the Earth should invoke the symbols of the Number 888 into themselves. Because 888 symbolizes the Sacred Number of Christ, invoke Christ's Infinite Wisdom of 'Loving thy Neighbor as Thyself' into your heart." - David Miller --"East meets West at the 8-8-08 Olympics and approximately five billion souls worldwide will turn their attention to the "Good Will Games" in China. The significance of this event is not lost to awakening humanity, realizing that the divine feminine energies of the Aquarian Dispensation will be centering and connecting global conscience with a global mediation of a metaphoric "meditation" nature... how we are in the nature of the universe as above (top circle in the "8"), and how the nature of the universe is in us so below (bottom circle in the "8"). Others will understand this as the spherical consciousness of All That Is or I Am Presence -- as above -- as relates to the human sphere of consciousness so below. Either way, a new unity in diversity is percolating the paradigm of perceptions that personify a dimensional shift and New Enlightenment of conscientious COMMON SENSE worldwide..."- Christopher Rudy (geonotes@mcn.net) -- Taken from Towards the One:www.heartcom.org/OneLaw.htm "08-08-08 is a magical moment when the entire world will come together in thought because of the opening of the Olympics. According to ancient tradition, the opening ceremony of the Olympics is a moment when war stops and athletes compete in an ethical manner. 08 08 08 is a moment when there will be a huge concentration of mass consciousness. Please energize this mass consciousness with peace." - Barbara Wolf -- www.globalmeditations.com/ - Also related: 8/8/08 Meditation for Activating YOUR Zero Pointspiritofmaat.com/aug08/activating_your_zero_point.html "The thoughts I choose to think and believe right now are creating my future. These thoughts form my experiences tomorrow, next week, and next year." - Louise Hay - Wisdom Cards www.consciousone.com/c1Cards/cardsView.cfm?cardGroupID=9Here's much from my friend, Carol Ann Ciocco. This newletter has various views on the 888 -and Eclipse info....M8-8-8 The Time Between Eclipses Through the Eye of the Needle to Solar Christ Consciousness The 8's of August This is going to be Fun! Hi, it's me again:) I am sending this report on the 08-08-08 calendar date early so we can all prepare. It's another Loooong one. What can I say? Interesting times call for interesting measures! But before I get to the 8-8-8, I need to clarify something from my last newsletter. I mentioned that the Cross Quarter point (halfway mark between the Summer Solstice and Fall Equinox) occurs on August 1st. I should have made this clearer: August 1st is the date that this earth holiday (called Lammas or Lughnasad) is often celebrated with ceremony. The exact astrological Cross-Quarter point, however, occurs when the sun hits 15 degrees of the fixed signs (Aquarius, Taurus, Leo and Scorpio). That will occur on August 6th - 7th when the sun reaches 15 degrees of Leo. I mentioned the traditional celebration of Lammas which occurs on the weekend of the eclipse as a way of helping to ground ourselves by paying attention to and celebrating this earth holiday. I called it exact and it isn't, not astrologically anyway:) Sorry for the confusion! Meanwhile, back at the ranch, the 8-8-8 is upon us - coming quickly on the heels of the August 1st Total Solar Eclipse. (In case you haven't noticed, eclipses are one of my 'magnificent obsessions' And as you may know, I don't put much credence in the Gregorian Calendar. In my opinion, it has a heavy 'Caesar energy' (i.e old-world aggressive warrior/political energy) to it. The Gregorian Calendar emerged from the Julian calendar, and in actuality it is a 'banking calendar' (materialistic and not in synch with sacred time). However, it is still our one and only culturally accepted calendar! And so 8-8-08 is getting my attention from a numerological vibration standpoint. As I said in a previous newsletter, 08-08-2008 is an actual 8. It adds up to 26 which then adds up to 8 (2+6=8). When I found that out, my ears perked up! Then I researched it further and indeed it is right smack dab in the middle of the Eclipses - it falls on the day of the First Quarter Moon at 13 degrees of Scorpio - so it has lots of power attached. Scroll down for a look at the various facets of the 8-8-8 and how we can tap into this day for the betterment of ourselves and humanity. Many Blessings of the 8's to You, Carol The Time Between Eclipses Through the Eye of the Needle; Waiting for the House to Land I often refer to the time between eclipses as a Vortex or Tornado of change. It is as if under the first eclipse (in this case on August 1st) Dorothy and 'the house' get swept up into the tornado/vortex of the eclipse window. The house - which represents the structures of our lives and our culture, and even our bodies - doesn't land until the second eclipse two weeks later. During those two weeks we are walking in a time-out-of-time, a space of unlimited potential. Click here for more information on the time between eclipses. Jennifer Posada shares another way of looking at this time. She says that the time between eclipses is like "passing through the 'eye of the needle.' It is like the time a caterpillar spends in the cocoon before coming out a butterfly. (The bookend eclipse - in this case, on August 16) will be that butterfly's emergence. Going through the 'eye of the needle' for the next couple of weeks will mean that things will seem very condensed or compressed, as if a pressure or force is at powerful work. These next few weeks will be potent for many of us, and we are likely to feel like quite different people on the other side" - Jennifer Posada www.jenniferposada.com The image of the eye of the needle is found in the Bible: "Again I tell you, it is easier for a camel to squeeze through the eye of a needle than for a rich person to get into the kingdom of God." Mathew 9:24. This is an ideal image for the 8-8-8, which is a number of exceeding prosperity. Does this mean that we need to be poor to be spiritual? In my opinion, in this passage Jesus is talking about an over-emphasis on the material while neglecting of the spiritual that makes it hard to live heaven on earth. It is the old adage that money won't buy you happiness. It is inner richness that makes our life - whether filled with material things or more monastic - rich with meaning. "It is utterly impossible for a man that sets his heart upon his material wealth, to get to heaven." (http://bible.cc/matthew/19-24.htm) Focusing only on the material realm has brought our culture to its knees, and the earth to the brink of destruction. It's time to let go of greed and myopic materialistic vision. So, as is always recommended: let go of luxuries you don't really need. They won't fit through the eye of the needle. Here in America we ALL have too much STUFF! (Check out 'The Story of Stuff' for a beautiful discussion of the Western world's preoccupation with THINGS). BY THE WAY: most of our 'stuff' comes from China - a country that figures prominently in the 8-8-8 and the eclipses of August 2008! It's time to declutter so you can pass through the eye of the needle. Put that camel on a diet and squeeze him through! Then when the house lands on August 16th, it will land on the wicked witch of your old self. The Mass Consciousness of the 8-8-8 Olympic-sized Change to the Silk Road of Peace Mass Consciousness plays a key role in the 8-8-8. Many of us 'Lightworkers' and Light-Holders on the leading edge of consciousness stay in our own little tribe, kind of like a little 'bubble' where we all understand what we're talking about. Although it's great to 'be with our peeps' and hang out with like-minded people, it has its drawbacks. Even when we all join together for numerous Global Meditations organized by various metaphysical groups and Cultural Creatives - who takes part in these? A percentage (perhaps 10% of 6.5 billion people?) of mass consciousness who are awakened and aware - the Lightworkers. What about the other 90%? Well, because of the Olympics, the other 90% will be tuned in to the energies of the 8-8-8. If you watch the opening ceremony of the Olympics, you will be literally tuning in to mass consciousness - every country around the world will be coming together in peace to compete in tests of skill, honor and greatness. This truly is a beautiful opportunity to create change with intention. Tune in and envision the world the way you would like it to be. "08-08-08 is a magical moment when the entire world will come together in thought because of the opening of the Olympics. According to ancient tradition, the opening ceremony of the Olympics is a moment when war stops and athletes compete in an ethical manner. 08 08 08 is a moment when there will be a huge concentration of mass consciousness. Please energize this mass consciousness with peace." - Barbara Wolf www.GlobalMeditations.com The spiritual facet of the 8-8-8 truly is one of world peace: " At 8:00 am/pm on August 8, 2008 (8-8-8) all Lightworkers and Keepers of the Earth should invoke the symbols of the Number 888 into themselves. Because 888 symbolizes the Sacred Number of Christ, invoke Christ's Infinite Wisdom of 'Loving thy Neighbor as Thyself' into your heart." - David Miller www.cybertrails.com/groupofforty/index.html (Note from Carol: see more on the spiritual meaning of the 8-8-8 below) And there is a physical prosperity aspect to the 8-8-8 as well (see below for more on this). It just so happens that the 2008 Summer Olympics in Beijing begin at 8:00pm on 8-8-08. (P.S. the Chinese chose this date and time because in their culture, 8 is an exceedingly auspicious number. Think of the 8-sided Bagua used in Feng Shui) Keep in mind that the August 1st Eclipse was seen in Totality, over the Great Wall of China and the Ancient Silk Route, a powerful symbol of abundance and world trade. Because 8 is the penultimate number of abundance and prosperity this has added significance. With the specific location of all our focus being on China (due to the Olympics) on 8-8-08 - right smack dab at the exact half-way point between two powerful eclipses of change - and with the eclipse shadow falling over the Ancient Silk Route - i.e. The Silk Road - a symbol of world trade and abundant economy - we have an opportunity to focus our intention for a smooth and safe transition to a new global economy. Without a crash and without cataclysm. When Pluto goes back into Capricorn - for 16 years - at the end of November 2008, we can expect massive, colossal changes to the economy, government and all structures and institutions in the world. Many of us have been bracing ourselves for this, praying for the best possible outcome, and watching the economy closely. As you experience the 8-8-8, think about the inevitable transition to a new economy that is involved in the new Capricorn era and how we can do it with ease. However, things always work better when they are FUN and not so darn serious! So here's an idea (cooked up by me and my friend Lin Stratton - shout-out to Lin!) to make this whole 8-8-8 occasion a kick: why not have an Olympics Opening Ceremony party? The ceremony starts at (of course) 8pm. Order some Chinese food, rub the Buddha belly for abundance and go into Laughing Buddha to energize mass consciousness with the Beauty of the Cosmic Joke:) Have Fun! The Astrology of the 8-8-8 The Budding Flower is Not yet Visible: Take Action! The 8-8-8 occurs on the day of the First Quarter Moon at 13 Scorpio. The exact First Quarter Moon is at 4:20pm EDT. The chart for that time contains a triangular configuration (known as a T-square) which takes the Leo and Aquarian energies described in my previous newsletter and shoots them into the First Quarter Moon in Scorpio. This means that the energy of the powerful Creative-Leo and Lightning-Bolt-Aquarius energies of the Total Solar Eclipse one week prior discharges into the Moon (in the sign of Scorpio) on 8-8-8, activating our emotional nature, our subconscious, our feminine and reflective nature, and the silvery light of deep introspection. On this day, examine your feelings, reflect deeply and explore your shadow side or pain body. Repressed material may emerge. Process it by taking action which is what the First Quarter Moon asks of you (as described in the next paragraph). At the First Quarter Moon - the half-way mark between the New and Full Moons - our manifestations breakthrough into first flower. According to Nick Anthony Fiorenza (http://www.lunarplanner.com/) the First Quarter Moon is when we "initiate action and steps forward to move toward what we were inspired about at the New Moon. The flower that is about to burst forth from the bud (of the New Moon) is not yet visible. Trust in the process. Demonstrate these energies in physical action and you will be supported. This is the time for practical application. What you are putting together now is the groundwork for the manifestation of the theme." That theme will be fleshed out more fully at the Full Moon Partial Lunar Eclipse in Leo/Aquarius on August 16th. So, on 8-8-8, take action toward your goals. When feelings come up, do something concrete - like talking to someone about your feelings and breakthroughs or writing them down, seeking counseling or sessions of meridian therapies such as EFT (for more information on EFT go to http://www.eft.com) and EFH (for more information on EFT go to http://www.emotionalfreedom.com) NOTE: Peg Donahue at www.center4fengshui.com is a superb EFH practitioner. I highly recommend her if you have issues you'd like to release. EFH shifts your energy very quickly and powerfully. In addition, two fixed stars that we have worked with many times this year (especially Regulus!) are involved in the 8-8-8. On August 8th the Moon will stop by for a visit to Spica, the star in the hand of the Great Goddess, and the place where we manifest abundance (represented by a sheath of wheat) and illumination (sometimes represented by a lamp). This is the place we learn how to sow proper thoughts and emotions in order to reap positive outcomes and creative joy in our lives. And it's a perfect accompaniment to the energy of the 8-8-8. Then on August 10th, two days later, Mercury meets up Regulus while the Moon hangs out near Antares. Mercury has one last thing to say to Leader of Leaders (Regulus the Lion King and Simba the Feline Queen) concerning the Leadership Convention of July. And Moon touches the star Antares - the heart of the Scorpion - to reflect to us the continued need to excavate the Shadow side of our culture and learn to live from the heart - i.e. not solely from the mind (disconnected from earth and other human hearts) or solely from the physical (holding out-of-balance materialistic goals which manifest as greed and corruption). It's time to tear down the old structures and raise up new leaders to run the new ones. The Numerology of the 8-8-8 The Passion Flower: All Will Travel to Spirals 8 is the quintessential number of power and life-force energy. For instance, the 8th house of the horoscope within astrology is the house of Scorpio energy, which is all about Kundalini and raising the life-force energy (coiled like a snake at the base of the spine/root chakra) up through all the chakras to create torrents of cosmic joy and ecstasy. 8 when turned on its side is the symbol of Infinity, the Infinite Force of Life that pulses through every molecule and atom of our Universe. Picture the Infinity symbol: can you see that it is a powerful portal to skate into and through, like a wormhole to infinite potential and streaming intelligence from All That Is. Think of an ice-skater carving figure-8's into the gleaming ice. Carve new pathways to your connection with the Infinite. Shirley Blackwell Lawrence writes: "It has been proven that (the figure 8) is the natural path of activity for people and animals. In 1928 a professor of zoology at the University of Kansas, Asa A. Shaeffer, observed that people who are lost in the woods or blindfolded really do travel in the pattern of the figure 8. So do swimmers and drivers who have been blindfolded, and pilots who are lost in a fog: all will travel to spirals. Shaeffer concluded after many experiments - which included animals and even amoebas - that spiral motion is a universal property of living matter in form." "Pythagoras called the 8 Light and Darkness. The 8 represents the Law 'As Above, So Below.' The earth is the lower circle and the celestial is the upper circle. This means that the 8 can take an inspiration and make it work on the material plane. It is 4 plus 4, the organizational abilities of the 4 doubled - 44" (Shirley Blackwell Lawrence) Some other permutations of the number 8 which spring forth from my psyche in a stream-of-consciousness form are: (1) the 8th Major Arcana Tarot Card is the Strength Card which pictures a woman nuzzling with a Lion (Regulus again, eh?!). This card represents mastering our 'animal instincts' and harnessing them for a higher good. The fact that a woman is depicted on the card shows us that it is our feminine side (Venus energies, with 8 being a Venusian number) that can perform this key initiatory step of our evolution. (2) Eight sounds like 'ate.' What are we eating energetically, physically, emotionally, mentally? (3) The word weight has eight in it. How much do we weigh, how dense are we (on all levels, not just the physical). To quote a new catch-phrase: what is our carbon footprint on the earth? Oh and one more 8-association in our culture: how about being 'behind the 8-ball' or consulting 'the magic 8-ball' for advice? Did you know that the 8-ball is the only black ball in the game of pool? Black is a powerful color which represents the shadow and feminine aspects of our being. And "if you are behind the eight ball you are in trouble. In the pool game called "eight ball" if you need to put the 5-ball in the pocket and the 8-ball is between the 5-ball and the cue-ball, you have a difficult shot. You are not allowed to use the 8-ball to hit the 5-ball." (Note that the numbers 5 and 8 are featured here; these are the numbers associated with Venus). In many ways our culture and our planet are 'behind the 8-ball' right now, wouldn't you say? So why don't we consult the 'magic 8-ball' inside of ourselves (the part that connects with Divine Intelligence and knows all) for answers on how to solve this seemingly impossible situation? 08-08-2008 adds up to 26. Shirley Blackwell Lawrence says that "the 26 is a physical number. The 8 root gives strength to the physical 6, and since the 2 is sensitive, the 26/8 can be a Passion Flower. The 2 desires partnership and enjoys being with people. The 6 gives the physical dimension. It wants to nurture and take responsibility. Some 26 words are as follows: ATHLETE, SPORTS, ACTION, MAJESTIC, GRAND." (Note from Carol - does this dovetail with the Olympics or WHAT?!) Some other words that add up to 26 are: Queen (bringing in the feminine leadership Regulus/Venus element), Capital, Dollar (bringing in the prosperity element) and Faith, Mystic, Hallow, Pleased, Joyful, Crystal, Temple (bringing in the inner Strength, the Spirituality and the Infinite Christ-consciousness element - see below for more on this). The Physical Prosperity Potential of the 8-8-8 The End of Manufactured Lack As described above, the 8 contains both the physical (the below) and the spiritual (the above). And so, 8-8-8 has both a physical and a spiritual meaning for us. First, the physical: "2008 is the year of Alchemy Consciousness and the 8th of August 2008 is the crossing over from poverty consciousness into prosperity consciousness. I feel this will be supported by Pluto's powerful astrological influence this year in the sign of Capricorn, a first since the mid 1700's. Pluto is associated with power and money, as well as with complete regeneration and renewal. 8-8-8 is a major celebration because it is in fact the triple 8 portal into the powerful world of Abundance and that of the Sun Chakra. Afford yourself the opportunity to tap into this incredibly powerful Solar Energy." - Michelle Eloff www.thelightweaver.org (Note: for more info on the Solar energy of the 8-8-8 see the next section.) The 8-8-8 carries the potential of transforming our relationship with abundance, money, wealth and prosperity. Do you ever feel like the economy is based on a shaky emotional structure? It is, especially energetically. It is vulnerable to the emotional moods of investors and other influences that throw it into tailspin at a moment's notice. The 8 offers the ability to restructure this shaky foundation and base the new structure in sound values. I am reminded of the fact that we are still in the 5th Night of the Mayan Calendar (as described by Carl Calleman http://www.carlcalleman.com) Ian Lungold, a beloved teacher of Mayan concepts, called the 5th Night "the end of manufactured lack." I think we are seeing exactly what he was talking about right now. "It is true that financial systems and institutions that are based in greed or any other corrupt practice will be turned upside down. These institutions are doomed to failure, and this purification process will wreak havoc in the lives of those who insist on continuing these obsolete behavior patterns. This old paradigm conflicts with the patterns of perfection for the New Earth, and it cannot and will not be sustained. Together, this year, we will co-create the NEW Archetypes for Humanity's Abundance and establish a new paradigm on Earth based on the infinite flow of Abundance from our Father-Mother God." - Patricia Diane Cota-Robles eraofpeace.orgIf your own personal relationship with money and prosperity - and abundance in all its forms - is based in lack, then here is a brass ring that you can grab a hold of to create transformation of your own personal prosperity consciousness and belief structures that no longer serve you. The Spiritual Potential of the 8-8-8 The Great Central Sun, Christ Consciousness & Creative Solar Winds of Change As discussed above, the "888 symbolizes the Sacred Number of Christ and of Christ's Infinite Wisdom of Loving thy Neighbor as Thyself into your heart." (David Miller) My mentor David Ashworth www.DavidAshworth.com tells me that esoterically 666 is the number of the physical sun, and 888 is the number of the spiritual sun, also known as Jesus, the son behind the sun. Shirley Blackwell Lawrence writes: "Some people are aware that the number 888 refers to Jesus, but few know why. In Greek, the numerals that correspond to the letters of Jesus' name are 10, 8, 200, 70, 400, and 200. When added together, they total 888. Thus 8 is also the number of resurrection because Jesus arose on the eighth day. 8 is a picture of the below that rises to the above." There is a powerful emphasis on the Sun embedded in the 8-8-8. Which is interesting, since it falls in the middle of the eclipse dance involving Sun and his sister, the Moon. And only week before, Sun was blotted out by Moon - opening us up to new ideas of solar energy and solar-plexus-chakra shining. "We can receive transmission from the Golden Sun Disc. Our intention is in collective activation of our own "golden sun disc" to enable the full expansion and radiation of our heart center into a gateway of universal, unconditional love. We then transmit this intention for 'golden sun heart activation' for all of humanity. It's a Great Central Sun Solar Activation." - Tiara Kumara A powerful 'synchronicity' of the solar connection with 8-8-8 is revealed in the Angelic Degree for the First Quarter Moon at 13 Scorpio: "The Angels of the Sun" (!) I am going to quote extensively here because this is truly beautiful and apropos. Cynthia Rose Young Schlosser www.spiritussanctus.com writes: "The Sun is Life. The children of Divine Being are destined now to use the light of the universe as it manifests into the physical realm through sunlight. Sunlight is streaming information. Like feelings, which are compressed information, sunlight is being rediscovered as a source of energy. It is also a source of knowledge and nutrients. The solar sun is a step-down transformer of energy-information from the higher sun, called the Central Sun or, in some literature, The Eye of Buddha. How does this work? Streaming information waves enter the eye, which is the only exposed nerve in the human body temple. Then Sunlight information waves travel along the optic nerve to the pineal and other glands and centers. The pineal gland is ALSO referred to as the "Eye of Buddha" in ancient literature. The pineal gland is seen as the Eye of Buddha in the microcosm, and the Central Sun is seen as the Eye of Buddha in the macrocosm. The pineal gland attaches to these sunlight information waves and they become a particle, a discreet particle of information that can be unzipped in meditation in the Theta brainwave state. Looking at the sun at sunrise or sunset is safe on the eye; and over time, the eye is capable of looking for longer periods of time at brighter light. Information can also be received by looking at reflections of sunlight on water or any other reflective surfaces. The light of the moon - which reflects sunlight onto the Earth at night - also carries information of the sun's rays. The human eye is the only eye of any mammal on earth that has 'the whites of the eyes'. This is because light goes forth from the eyes of the Children of Light as well as into it. It is through the eye that information is sent to others. This is the meaning of "darshan, the gaze of the master". When you look directly at the sun's rays, you can send information as well as receive it through the optic nerve. It is important at this time that the Children of Light send prayers while looking at the sun. In this way, blessings travel along rays of light to the sun and the sun broadcasts this to all. Remember to send blessings and prayers as well as receive when you gaze at the light." - Cynthia Rose Young Schlosser www.spiritussanctus.comWhat a powerful concept to power our understanding of the 8-8-8! Here we can see that not only can we take in solar energy through the eyes, we can also send it back to the sun with our most shining light-filled intentions! Some other symbols for this Moon: the Moon Mansion is Mansion 15 (Swati) which is linked to Arcturus - sometimes described as a servant of Spica (the abundance/illumination handed to us by the Goddess) which meets up with the Moon on 8-8-8. This Mansion brings the energy of 'Winds of Change' because it is linked with the wind god Vayu. It also brings the energy of Creativity: Saraswati - the goddess from whom this Mansion draws its name - is the goddess of creativity and the arts. As mentioned above, 8 is one of the numbers of Venus (5 is another number associated with Venus). According to the work of Miguel Sague (a Taino Elder and founder/leader of the Caney Indian Spiritual Circle in Pittsburgh Pennsylvania) the Mayan theme of the current Venus Morning-Star cycle (which began on July 15, 2008) is the Mayan Glyph known as IK or WIND. This is a 'direct hit' with the Moon Mansion described in the previous paragraph! Miguel writes: "Between games, the Lords of Negativity locked the Divine Twins in a chamber filled with terrible frigid wind. The awful bone-numbing pain was an unbearable expression of their ultimate exposed vulnerability. What leaves me exposed and shivering?" Right now, Venus is beginning her ascent back up from the Underworld. We are reminded on 8-8-8 that it is a humbling experience to face the Shadow experience and surrender to a Power Greater than Ourselves. No wonder our 'little selves' resist it! This process reveals any repressed pain and woundedness; and reminds us how vulnerable we are as Humans. We come into this world as helpless infants and are dependent on our caregivers to help us to feel safe and loved. Often they fall short of this task. So in this process we see how our pain comes from feeling exposed, abandoned and not Loved - dating back to childhood and even past lives. The ultimate goal of the Journey to the Underworld is to realize that we ARE Loved and that all of our mis-creations are simply a mis-understanding of this Truth. And we will come to see that any and all distorted aspects of our psyche are defenses against our fear of Trusting Spirit and our fellow Humans to Love, sustain and support us in life. We are asked to open up to that Love now. I am reminded also of the SOLAR WINDS and how they create SOLAR FLARES which accelerate evolution on earth. The Sabian Symbol for the First Quarter Moon shows the theme of Creativity that is also represented by the Moon Mansion Swati: An inventor performs a laboratory experiment. This shows a person actively engaged in creating his/her vision in the world. What we have here is a powerful CREATIVE SOLAR WIND through which we can harness the Winds of Change - the Solar Flares of Evolution - and Create a new life for ourselves personally, as well as a new gentler timeline for Earth and Humanity. Specific Times for Activating the 8-8-8 And don't forget to dance and have Fun! And now - some practical applications for tapping into the energy of the 8-8-8. Every 9 minutes during the 8-o'clock hours of the 24-hour day, we have an 8-energy moment. (The rhythm of 9 suggests completion and ending-of-the-old is possible on this day). I have listed below those times and the numerological potential of them. You can choose the one(s) that are most closely associated with the intention you would like to anchor. The a.m. times would best be used to create new beginnings in the area listed; and the p.m. times would best be used for letting go of the old, releasing what no longer serves. 8:00 - Connecting with God, The Infinite, The Christ-consciousness, The Great Central Sun, the Creative Solar Winds, the Spiral of Life 8:09 - Ending of old ways of lack mentality and disconnection from the Flow of Power from the Infinite - with God's divine help 8:18 - New beginnings and an opportunity to double your prosperity 8:27 - The Holy Spirit will breathe life into your creations and your connection to the Godhead. Good energy for opening up to a new relationship and greater intuition. 8:45 - The angels will help you to create change in your abundance/prosperity levels, your creative expression, and your power in the world. 8:54 - The changes are upon you! Open up to them, embrace them, and travel through them with ease. And don't forget to call in the angels for help. Also of import: The exact First Quarter Moon is at 4:20pm EDT. The moment of 4:22pm (only two minutes after the First Quarter Moon) adds up to 8. This would be a great time to work with the Moon energies if you are so inclined. Remember that the First Quarter Moon is when the Leo-Aquarian Lightning Bolt discharges its power and moves into its first flower. There are also various other times during the 24-hour-period that you may want to use. I didn't research them, but you can do the math:) I.e. calculate what other times throughout the day add up to eight when you add the digits. ALSO: keep in mind that 13:30 Local Sidereal Time (LST) is a window of powerful dimensional access. Click here for an explanation of this and for information on finding the 13:30 time in your area: (Note: 13:30 LST for Pittsburgh PA is approximately 3am. For Sedona AZ it is approximately 2am.) Click here for a previous newsletter describing a special 13:30 global activation at the time of the Spring Equinox. You might ask: How - in practical terms - do I honor these times? Well, what is your favorite method of spiritual practice? You may want to meditate on the number 8 and the Infinity Symbol. Perhaps draw it on a piece of paper, light a candle and meditate on the image. You may want to conduct a ceremony on your altar, if you have one, light a candle and put items on the altar that capture the essence of the 8 for you, as well as symbols of what you want to create. You can also, of course, celebrate with a group of like-minded people either through ceremony or partying (I say some Olympic-sized partying is in order LOL:) You can also journal, sing, dance, drum, laugh, giggle, play, gaze into a fire, sit out in nature, cook, stick your tongue out, blow bubbles, take a bubble bath, pop some popcorn, do some country line dancin', swim, juggle, play gin rummy, paint, bend a spoon or two, climb a tree, play Twister. In other words: Have Fun! That is the most sacred of ceremonies! While you are having fun you might just express yourself creatively and open up to the Infinite. A Look AheadHere's a heads-up that I will be taking a sabbatical from writing newsletters in the months of September and October so I can focus on some other projects. And here's a look ahead at the 'cosmic schedule' for the remainder of the year: When I study the patterns of this year, I feel that the 8-8-8 Eclipses of August will catapult us into a portal that occurs from October 27 - November 4. This is the New Moon in Scorpio/Halloween Portal that ends on Election Day in America. In fact, the entire time-span stretching from October 27 (my birthday:) to November 27 is a window of opportunity. November 27 is the day Pluto goes into Capricorn where he will remain for 16 years, until 2024. So, what we are working on in August will be anchored into reality from October 27 - November 27. In addition, mid-November is when the 6th Day of the Mayan Calendar will begin. Then in December we will have another glorious solstice alignment with the Galactic Center, and a Sirius alignment on New Years Eve - always a beautiful way to end the Gregorian year! In August I will write a newsletter on the August 16th Partial Lunar Eclipse which closes the 8-8-8 Eclipse Portal. Then I will write one newsletter at the end of August that will cover the New Moon of August 30th (August has 2 New Moons in one calendar month) and some happenings in September. But, in my opinion, the lunations of September and up through October 27th are a time of integrating all the changes from the eclipse season of February/August. So it's a good time for me to take some time off from my newsletter-writing schedule. I suggest you do the same: take some time to integrate and process all that you've learned during the sizzling hot intensity of August. Speaking of intensity, here are some thoughts on how to deal with it now, in this moment: "Diversions are okay; just don't let them take your power or your faith. Stick to the diversions that light up your moment with a golden, sparkling glow. Reflect - deeply - for these times will call for it. But don't get lost in the past. Dream, hugely, but don't postpone your beauty for the future. Stop trying to perfect yourself and just accept that you are in the perfect place exactly where you are. There is nothing you need to do better, fix, or complete. Just be. Dress up when you feel crappy (or crazy!) or go see a movie, or walk in the woods. Pass the time in the most gentle way you can, because your higher Self and guides are already working with you and the energies." - Jennifer Posada www.jenniferposada.com this newsletter sent with love by Carol Ann Ciocco www.ThreeMoonOcean.com Source: www.godlikeproductions.com/bbs/reply.php?messageid=579040&page=3&forum=1
|
|